Document:

<PAGE>

                                                                     EXHIBIT 4.2

                              COLEMAN CABLE, INC.,

                               THE NOTE GUARANTORS
                         FROM TIME TO TIME PARTY HERETO

                                       AND

                      DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS,
                                   AS TRUSTEE

                                    INDENTURE

                         DATED AS OF SEPTEMBER 28, 2004

                          9 7/8% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2012

<PAGE>
                             CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE*

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Trust Indenture Act Section                             Indenture Section
---------------------------                             -----------------
<S>                                                     <C>
        310(a)(1)                                             7.10
           (a)(2)                                             7.10
           (a)(3)                                             N.A.
           (a)(4)                                             N.A.
           (a)(5)                                             7.10
           (b)                                           7.3, 7.8, 7.10
           (c)                                                N.A.
        311(a)                                                7.11
           (b)                                                7.11
           (c)                                                N.A.
        312(a)                                                 2.5
           (b)                                                11.3
           (c)                                                11.3
        313(a)                                                 7.6
           (b)(1)                                              7.6
           (b)(2)                                              7.6
           (c)                                                 7.6
           (d)                                                 7.6
        314(a)                                           3.5, 3.18, 11.5
           (b)                                                N.A.
           (c)(1)                                             11.4
           (c)(2)                                             11.4
           (c)(3)                                             11.4
           (d)                                                N.A.
           (e)                                                11.5
           (f)                                                N.A.
        315(a)                                                 7.1
           (b)                                                 7.5
           (c)                                                 7.1
           (d)                                                 7.1
           (e)                                                6.11
        316(a)(1)(A)                                           6.5
           (a)(1)(B)                                           6.4
           (a)(2)                                             N.A.
           (b)                                                 6.7
           (c)                                                 9.4
</TABLE>

                                       -i-

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Trust Indenture Act Section                             Indenture Section
---------------------------                             -----------------
<S>                                                     <C>
        317(a)(1)                                              6.8
           (a)(2)                                              6.9
           (b)                                                 2.4
        318(a)                                                 1.2
</TABLE>

--------
* This Cross-Reference Table shall not, for any purpose, be deemed a part of the
Indenture.

N.A. MEANS NOT APPLICABLE.

                                      -ii-
<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                       PAGE
<S>                                                                                                    <C>
ARTICLE I   DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE.................................................   1

     Section 1.1      Definitions......................................................................   1
     Section 1.2      Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act................................  30
     Section 1.3      Rules of Construction............................................................  30

ARTICLE II  THE NOTES..................................................................................  31

     Section 2.1      Form and Dating..................................................................  31
     Section 2.2      Execution and Authentication.....................................................  31
     Section 2.3      Registrar and Paying Agent.......................................................  32
     Section 2.4      Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust..............................................  32
     Section 2.5      Holder Lists.....................................................................  33
     Section 2.6      Global Note Provisions...........................................................  33
     Section 2.7      Legends..........................................................................  34
     Section 2.8      Transfer and Exchange............................................................  34
     Section 2.9      Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Notes.......................................  38
     Section 2.10     Temporary Notes..................................................................  39
     Section 2.11     Cancellation.....................................................................  39
     Section 2.12     Defaulted Interest...............................................................  39
     Section 2.13     Additional Notes.................................................................  40
     Section 2.14     Additional Interest Under Registration Rights Agreements.........................  40

ARTICLE III COVENANTS..................................................................................  41

     Section 3.1      Payment of Notes.................................................................  41
     Section 3.2      Maintenance of Office or Agency..................................................  41
     Section 3.3      Corporate Existence..............................................................  42
     Section 3.4      Payment of Taxes and Other Claims................................................  42
     Section 3.5      Compliance Certificate...........................................................  42
     Section 3.6      Further Instruments and Acts.....................................................  42
     Section 3.7      Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws..........................................  42
     Section 3.8      Change of Control................................................................  43
     Section 3.9      Limitation on Incurrence of Additional Indebtedness..............................  44
     Section 3.10     Limitation on Restricted Payments................................................  44
     Section 3.11     Limitation on Asset Sales........................................................  47
     Section 3.12     Limitation on Ownership and Sale of Capital Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries.....  50
     Section 3.13     Limitation on Designation of Unrestricted Subsidiaries...........................  50
     Section 3.14     Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted
                      Subsidiaries.....................................................................  51
     Section 3.15     Limitation on Liens..............................................................  53
     Section 3.16     Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates.......................................  53
     Section 3.17     Conduct of Business..............................................................  54
     Section 3.18     Reports to Holders...............................................................  54
</TABLE>

                                     -iii-
<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                   (continued)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                       PAGE
<S>                                                                                                    <C>
     Section 3.19     Limitation of Sale and Leaseback Transaction.....................................  54
     Section 3.20     Independent Directors............................................................  55
     Section 3.21     Payments for Consent.............................................................  55

ARTICLE IV  SUCCESSOR ENTITY...........................................................................  55

     Section 4.1      Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets.........................................  55

ARTICLE V   OPTIONAL REDEMPTION OF NOTES...............................................................  58

     Section 5.1      Optional Redemption..............................................................  58
     Section 5.2      Election to Redeem...............................................................  58
     Section 5.3      Notice of Redemption.............................................................  58
     Section 5.4      Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed in Part........................................  59
     Section 5.5      Deposit of Redemption Price......................................................  59
     Section 5.6      Notes Payable on Redemption Date.................................................  60
     Section 5.7      Unredeemed Portions of Partially Redeemed Note...................................  60

ARTICLE VI  DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES......................................................................  60

     Section 6.1      Events of Default................................................................  60
     Section 6.2      Acceleration.....................................................................  61
     Section 6.3      Other Remedies...................................................................  62
     Section 6.4      Waiver of Past Defaults..........................................................  62
     Section 6.5      Control by Majority..............................................................  62
     Section 6.6      Limitation on Suits..............................................................  62
     Section 6.7      Rights of Holders to Receive Payment.............................................  63
     Section 6.8      Collection Suit by Trustee.......................................................  63
     Section 6.9      Trustee May File Proofs of Claim, etc............................................  63
     Section 6.10     Priorities.......................................................................  64
     Section 6.11     Undertaking for Costs............................................................  64

ARTICLE VII TRUSTEE....................................................................................  64

     Section 7.1      Duties of Trustee................................................................  64
     Section 7.2      Rights of Trustee................................................................  66
     Section 7.3      Individual Rights of Trustee.....................................................  66
     Section 7.4      Trustee's Disclaimer.............................................................  67
     Section 7.5      Notice of Defaults...............................................................  67
     Section 7.6      Reports by Trustee to Holders....................................................  67
     Section 7.7      Compensation and Indemnity.......................................................  67
     Section 7.8      Replacement of Trustee...........................................................  68
     Section 7.9      Successor Trustee by Merger......................................................  69
     Section 7.10     Eligibility; Disqualification....................................................  69
     Section 7.11     Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Company............................  69

ARTICLE VIII DEFEASANCE; DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE........................................................  69

     Section 8.1      Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance.........................................  69
</TABLE>

                                      -iv-
<PAGE>
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                   (continued)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                       PAGE
<S>                                                                                                    <C>
     Section 8.2      Conditions to Defeasance.........................................................  70
     Section 8.3      Application of Trust Money.......................................................  71
     Section 8.4      Repayment to the Company.........................................................  72
     Section 8.5      Indemnity for U.S. Government Obligations........................................  72
     Section 8.6      Reinstatement....................................................................  72
     Section 8.7      Satisfaction and Discharge.......................................................  72

ARTICLE IX  AMENDMENTS.................................................................................  73

     Section 9.1      Without Consent of Holders.......................................................  73
     Section 9.2      With Consent of Holders..........................................................  74
     Section 9.3      Compliance with Trust Indenture Act..............................................  75
     Section 9.4      Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers....................................  75
     Section 9.5      Notation on or Exchange of Notes.................................................  75
     Section 9.6      Trustee to Sign Amendments or Supplements........................................  76

ARTICLE X   NOTE GUARANTEES............................................................................  76

     Section 10.1     Note Guarantees..................................................................  76
     Section 10.2     Limitation on Liability; Termination, Release and Discharge......................  77
     Section 10.3     Right of Contribution............................................................  78
     Section 10.4     No Subrogation...................................................................  78
     Section 10.5     Additional Note Guarantees; Opinion of Counsel...................................  78

ARTICLE XI  MISCELLANEOUS..............................................................................  79

     Section 11.1     Trust Indenture Act Controls.....................................................  79
     Section 11.2     Notices..........................................................................  79
     Section 11.3     Communication by Holders with Other Holders......................................  80
     Section 11.4     Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent...............................  80
     Section 11.5     Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion....................................  80
     Section 11.6     Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar.....................................  81
     Section 11.7     Legal Holidays...................................................................  81
     Section 11.8     Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial; etc.........................................  81
     Section 11.9     No Recourse Against Others.......................................................  81
     Section 11.10    Successors.......................................................................  82
     Section 11.11    Duplicate and Counterpart Originals..............................................  82
     Section 11.12    Severability.....................................................................  82
     Section 11.13    Qualification of Indenture.......................................................  82
     Section 11.14    Table of Contents; Headings......................................................  82
</TABLE>

                                      -v-
<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<S>         <C>
EXHIBIT A   FORM OF NOTE

EXHIBIT B   FORM OF TRANSFER CERTIFICATE FOR TRANSFER TO QIB

EXHIBIT C   FORM OF CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED IN CONNECTION
            WITH TRANSFERS PURSUANT TO REGULATION S

EXHIBIT D   FORM OF RULE 144 CERTIFICATION

EXHIBIT E   FORM OF ADDITIONAL NOTE GUARANTEE

EXHIBIT F   FORM OF CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED IN CONNECTION
            WITH TRANSFERS TO INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTORS
</TABLE>

                                      -vi-
<PAGE>

      INDENTURE, dated as of September 28, 2004, among Coleman Cable, Inc., a
Delaware corporation (the "Company"), the Note Guarantors which may from time to
time become party hereto and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, a corporation
organized and existing under the laws of the State of New York (the "Trustee"),
as Trustee.

      Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other parties and for
the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Company's 9 7/8% Senior
Notes Due 2012 issued hereunder.

                                   ARTICLE I
                   DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

      Section 1.1 Definitions.

      "Acquired Indebtedness" means Indebtedness of a Person or any of its
Subsidiaries existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or
at the time it merges or consolidates with the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries or is assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from
such Person. Such Indebtedness shall be deemed to have been Incurred at the time
such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or at the time it merges or
consolidates with the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or at the time such
Indebtedness is assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such
Person.

      "Additional Note Board Resolutions" means resolutions duly adopted by the
Board of Directors of the Company and delivered to the Trustee in an Officers'
Certificate providing for the issuance of Additional Notes.

      "Additional Note Guarantee" has the meaning assigned to it in Section
10.5.

      "Additional Note Guarantor" has the meaning assigned to it in Section
10.5.

      "Additional Note Supplemental Indenture" means a supplement to this
Indenture duly executed and delivered by the Company, each Note Guarantor and
the Trustee pursuant to Article IX providing for the issuance of Additional
Notes.

      "Additional Notes" has the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.13.

      "Affiliate" means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person
who directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, or is
controlled by, or is under common control with, such specified Person. The term
"control" means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct
or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether
through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; provided,
that beneficial ownership of ten percent (10%) or more of the Voting Stock of a
Person shall be deemed to be control. For purposes of this definition, the terms
"controlling," "controlled by" and "under common control with" have correlative
meanings.

      "Affiliate Transaction" has the meaning assigned to it in Section 3.16(a).

      "Agent Members" has the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.6(b).

                                       1
<PAGE>

      "Applicable Tax Percentage" means the highest effective marginal combined
rate of federal, state and local income taxes (taking into account the
deductibility of state and local taxes for federal income tax purposes) that an
individual residing in New York, New York would be subject in the relevant year
of determination, taking into account only such shareholder's share of income
and deductions attributable to its equity ownership interest in the Company.

      "Asset Acquisition" means:

      (1)   an Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in any
            other Person pursuant to which such Person shall become a Restricted
            Subsidiary, or shall be merged with or into the Company or any
            Restricted Subsidiary;

      (2)   the acquisition by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the
            assets of any Person (other than a Subsidiary of the Company) which
            constitute all or substantially all of the assets of such Person or
            comprises any division or line of business of such Person or any
            other properties or assets of such Person other than in the ordinary
            course of business; or

      (3)   any Revocation with respect to an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

           "Asset Sale" means any direct or indirect sale, disposition,
issuance, conveyance, transfer, lease, assignment or other transfer, including a
Sale and Leaseback Transaction (each, a "Disposition") by the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary of:

      (a)   any Capital Stock (other than Capital Stock of the Company); or

      (b)   any property or assets (other than cash, Cash Equivalents or Capital
            Stock) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary.

      Notwithstanding the preceding, the following items shall not be deemed to
be Asset Sales:

      (1)   the Disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the
            Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as permitted under Section
            4.1;

      (2)   a Disposition of inventory or obsolete or worn-out equipment, in
            each case in the ordinary course of business;

      (3)   Dispositions of assets with a Fair Market Value not to exceed $1.0
            million in the aggregate;

      (4)   for purposes of Section 3.11 only, the making of a Restricted
            Payment permitted under Section 3.10; and

      (5)   a Disposition to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, including a
            Person that is or will become a Restricted Subsidiary immediately
            after the Disposition.

      "Asset Sale Offer" has the meaning assigned to it in Section 3.11(c).

                                       2
<PAGE>

      "Asset Sale Offer Amount" has the meaning assigned to it in Section
3.11(c).

      "Asset Sale Offer Payment Date" has the meaning assigned to it in Section
3.11(d).

      "Asset Sale Transaction" means any Asset Sale and, whether or not
constituting an Asset Sale, (1) any sale or other disposition of Capital Stock,
(2) any Designation with respect to an Unrestricted Subsidiary and (3) any sale
or other disposition of property or assets excluded from the definition of Asset
Sale by clause (4) of that definition.

      "Attributable Indebtedness" in respect of a Sale and Leaseback Transaction
means, at the time of determination, the present value (discounted at the
interest rate borne by the Notes, compounded annually) of the total obligations
of the lessee for rental payments during the remaining term of the lease
included in such Sale and Leaseback Transaction (including any period for which
such lease has been extended).

      "Authenticating Agent" has the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.2(d).

      "Bank Credit Facility" means the Credit Agreement, dated September 28,
2004, between and among the Company, its Subsidiaries listed therein, Wachovia
Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent, Wachovia Capital Markets,
LLC, as sole lead arranger and book runner, and certain other lenders and all
amendments thereto, together with the related documents thereto (including,
without limitation, any Guarantee agreements and security documents), in each
case as such agreements may be amended (including any amendment and restatement
thereof), supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time by one or more
agreements, including any agreement increasing the amount of available
borrowings thereunder or adding Subsidiaries of the Company as additional
borrowers or guarantors thereunder or extending the maturity of, refinancing,
replacing or otherwise restructuring all or any portion of the Indebtedness
under such agreements(s) or any successor or replacement agreements(s) and
whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders, in each case
in the bank credit market.

      "Bankruptcy Law" means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar Federal, state
or foreign law for the relief of debtors.

      "Bankruptcy Law Event of Default" means:

      (1)   the entry by a court of competent jurisdiction of: (i) a decree or
            order for relief in respect of the Company or any other Bankruptcy
            Party in an involuntary case or proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law
            or (ii) a decree or order (A) adjudging the Company or any other
            Bankruptcy Party a bankrupt or insolvent, (B) approving as properly
            filed a petition seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or
            composition of, or in respect of, the Company or any other
            Bankruptcy Party under any Bankruptcy Law, (C) appointing a
            Custodian of the Company or any other Bankruptcy Party or of any
            substantial part of the property of the Company or any other
            Bankruptcy Party, or (D) ordering the winding-up or liquidation of
            the affairs of the Company or any other Bankruptcy Party, and in
            each case, the continuance of any such decree or order for relief or
            any such other decree or order unstayed and in effect for a period
            of 60 consecutive calendar days; or

                                       3
<PAGE>

      (2)   (i) the commencement by the Company or any other Bankruptcy Party of
            a voluntary case or proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law or of any
            other case or proceeding to be adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent,
            (ii) the consent by the Company or any other Bankruptcy Party to the
            entry of a decree or order for relief in respect of the Company or
            such Bankruptcy Party in an involuntary case or proceeding under any
            Bankruptcy Law or to the commencement of any bankruptcy or
            insolvency case or proceeding against the Company or such Bankruptcy
            Party, (iii) the filing by the Company or any other Bankruptcy Party
            of a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief
            under any Bankruptcy Law, (iv) the consent by the Company or any
            other Bankruptcy Party to the filing of such petition or to the
            appointment of or taking possession by a Custodian of the Company or
            such Bankruptcy Party or of any substantial part of the property of
            the Company or such Bankruptcy Party, (v) the making by the Company
            or any other Bankruptcy Party of an assignment for the benefit of
            creditors, (vi) the admission by the Company or any other Bankruptcy
            Party in writing of its inability to pay its debts generally as they
            become due, (vii) the approval by stockholders of the Company or any
            other Bankruptcy Party of any plan or proposal for the liquidation
            or dissolution of the Company or such Bankruptcy Party, or (viii)
            the taking of corporate action by the Company or any other
            Bankruptcy Party in furtherance of any such action.

      "Bankruptcy Party" means (i) the Company; (ii) each Significant
Subsidiary; or (iii) one or more Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together,
would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; it being understood that any
reference in this Indenture to any Bankruptcy Party shall, in the case of
multiple Restricted Subsidiaries that individually do not constitute a
Significant Subsidiary but that taken together do constitute a Significant
Subsidiary, only constitute a reference to all such Restricted Subsidiaries
taken together.

      "Board of Directors" means, as to any Person, the board of directors,
management committee or similar governing body of such Person or any duly
authorized committee thereof.

      "Board Resolution" means, with respect to any Person, a copy of a
resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of such Person
to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors of such Person and to be in
full force and effect on the date of such certification, and delivered to the
Trustee.

      "Business Day" means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on
which commercial banking institutions are authorized or required by law to close
in New York City.

      "Capitalized Lease Obligations" means, as to any Person, the obligations
of such Person under a lease that are required to be classified and accounted
for as capital lease obligations under GAAP. For purposes of this definition,
the amount of such obligations at any date shall be the capitalized amount of
such obligations at such date, determined in accordance with GAAP.

      "Capital Stock" means:

                                       4
<PAGE>

      (1)   with respect to any Person that is a corporation, any and all
            shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however
            designated and whether or not voting) or corporate stock, including
            each class of Common Stock and Preferred Stock of such Person;

      (2)   with respect to any Person that is not a corporation, any and all
            partnership or other equity or ownership interests of such Person;
            and

      (3)   any warrants, rights or options to purchase any of the instruments
            or interests referred to in clause (1) or (2) above.

      "Cash Equivalents" means:

      (1)   marketable direct obligations issued by, or unconditionally
            guaranteed by, the United States government or issued by any agency
            thereof and backed by the full faith and credit of the United
            States, in each case maturing within one year from the date of
            acquisition thereof;

      (2)   marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United
            States of America or any political subdivision of any such state or
            any public instrumentality thereof maturing within one year from the
            date of acquisition thereof and, at the time of acquisition, having
            one of the two highest ratings obtainable from either Standard &
            Poor's Corporation ("S&P") or Moody's Investors Service, Inc.
            ("Moody's");

      (3)   commercial paper maturing no more than one year from the date of
            creation thereof and, at the time of acquisition, having a rating of
            a least A-1 from S&P or at least P-1 from Moody's;

      (4)   certificates of deposit or bankers' acceptances maturing within one
            year from the date of acquisition thereof issued by any bank
            organized under the laws of the United States of America or any
            state thereof or the District of Columbia or any U.S. branch of a
            non-U.S. bank having at the date of acquisition thereof combined
            capital and surplus of not less than $500 million;

      (5)   repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for
            underlying securities of the types described in clause (1) above
            entered into with any bank meeting the qualifications specified in
            clause (4) above; and

      (6)   investments in money market funds which invest substantially all
            their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (1)
            through (5) above.

      "Certificated Note" means any Note issued in fully-registered certificated
form (other than a Global Note), which shall be substantially in the form of
Exhibit A, with appropriate legends as specified in Section 2.7 and Exhibit A.

      "Change of Control" means the occurrence of one or more of the following
events:

                                       5
<PAGE>

      (1)   any Person or Group, except for Permitted Holders, is or becomes the
            "beneficial owner," directly or indirectly, in the aggregate of more
            than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of the Voting
            Stock of the Company (including a Successor Entity, if applicable),
            whether by virtue of the issuance, sale or other disposition of
            Capital Stock of the Company by the Company or a direct or indirect
            holder of Capital Stock of the Company, a merger or consolidation
            involving the Company, its direct or indirect shareholders or such
            Person or Group, a sale of assets by the Company, its direct or
            indirect shareholders, any voting trust agreement or other agreement
            to which the Company, its direct or indirect shareholders or any
            such Person or Group is a party or is subject, or otherwise; or

      (2)   any Person or Group, except for Permitted Holders, is or becomes the
            "beneficial owner," directly or indirectly, in the aggregate or more
            than thirty-five percent (35%) of the total voting power of the
            Voting Stock of the Company (including a Successor Entity, if
            applicable), whether by virtue of the issuance, sale or other
            disposition of Capital Stock of the Company by the Company or a
            direct or indirect holder of Capital Stock of the Company, a merger
            or consolidation involving the Company, its direct or indirect
            shareholders or such Person or Group, a sale of assets by the
            Company, its direct or indirect shareholders, any voting trust
            agreement or other agreement to which the Company, its direct or
            indirect shareholders or any such Person or Group is a party or is
            subject, or otherwise, and such Person or Group owns a greater
            percentage of such total voting power than the Permitted Holders; or

      (3)   during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the
            beginning of such period constituted the Board of Directors of the
            Company, together with any new directors whose election by such
            Board of Directors or whose nomination for election by the
            shareholders of the Company was approved by a vote of a majority of
            the directors of the Company then still in office who were either
            directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or
            nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any
            reason to constitute a majority of the Board of Directors of the
            Company then in office; or

      (4)   the approval by the holders of Capital Stock of the Company of any
            plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Company,
            whether or not otherwise in compliance with the provisions of this
            Indenture.

      For purposes of this definition:

            (a)   "beneficial owner" shall have the meaning specified in Rules
                  13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that any Person
                  or Group shall be deemed to have "beneficial ownership" of all
                  securities that such Person or Group has the right to acquire,
                  whether such right is exercisable immediately, only after the
                  passage of time or, except in the case of the Permitted
                  Holders, upon the occurrence of a subsequent condition;

                                       6
<PAGE>

            (b)   "Person" and "Group" shall have the meanings for "person" and
                  "group" as used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange
                  Act; and

            (c)   any other Person or Group shall be deemed to beneficially own
                  any Voting Stock of a corporation held by any other
                  corporation (the "parent corporation") so long as such Person
                  or Group beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, in the
                  aggregate at least thirty percent (30%) of the voting power of
                  the Voting Stock of the parent corporation and no other Person
                  or Group beneficially owns an equal or greater amount of the
                  Voting Stock of the parent corporation.

      "Change of Control Offer" has the meaning assigned to it in Section
3.8(b).

      "Change of Control Offer Notice" means a notice sent by the Company
pursuant to Section 3.8(b), which notice shall govern the terms of the Change of
Control Offer and shall state:

            (1) that a Change of Control has occurred; the circumstances or
      events causing such Change of Control; that a Change of Control Offer is
      being made pursuant to Section 3.8(b); and that all Notes that are timely
      tendered will be accepted for payment;

            (2) the Change of Control Payment, and the Change of Control Payment
      Date, which date shall be a Business Day no earlier than 30 calendar days
      before nor later than 60 calendar days subsequent to the date such notice
      is mailed (other than as may be required by law);

            (3) that any Notes or portions thereof not tendered or accepted for
      payment will continue to accrue interest;

            (4) that, unless the Company defaults in the payment of the Change
      of Control Payment with respect thereto, all Notes or portions thereof
      accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer shall cease
      to accrue interest from and after the Change of Control Payment Date;

            (5) that any Holder electing to have any Notes or portions thereof
      purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to tender
      such Notes, with the form entitled "Option of Holder to Elect Purchase" on
      the reverse of such Notes completed, to the Paying Agent at the address
      specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third
      Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date;

            (6) that any Holder shall be entitled to withdraw such election if
      the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of business on the
      second Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date, a
      facsimile transmission or letter, setting forth the name of the Holder,
      the principal amount of Notes delivered for purchase, and a statement that
      such Holder is withdrawing such Holder's election to have such Notes or
      portions thereof purchased pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;

                                       7
<PAGE>

            (7) that any Holder electing to have Notes purchased pursuant to the
      Change of Control Offer must specify the principal amount that is being
      tendered for purchase, which principal amount must be $1,000 or an
      integral multiple thereof;

            (8) that any Holder of Certificated Notes whose Certificated Notes
      are being purchased only in part will be issued new Certificated Notes
      equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Certificated
      Note or Notes surrendered, which unpurchased portion will be equal in
      principal amount to $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof;

            (9) that the Trustee will return to the Holder of a Global Note that
      is being purchased in part such Global Note, with a notation on Schedule A
      thereof adjusting the principal amount thereof to be equal to the
      unpurchased portion of such Global Note; and

            (10) any other information necessary to enable any Holder to tender
      Notes and to have such Notes purchased pursuant to Section 3.8.

      "Change of Control Payment" has the meaning assigned to it in Section
3.8(a).

      "Change of Control Payment Date" has the meaning assigned to it in Section
3.8(b).

      "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

      "Common Stock" of any Person means any and all shares, interests or other
participations in, and other equivalents (however designated and whether voting
or non-voting) of such Person's common equity interests, whether outstanding on
the Issue Date or issued after the Issue Date, and includes, without limitation,
all series and classes of such common equity interests.

      "Company" means the party named as such in the introductory paragraph to
this Indenture and its successors and assigns, including any Successor Entity
that becomes such in accordance with Article IV.

      "Company Order" has the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.2(c).

      "Consolidated EBITDA" means, for any period, Consolidated Net Income for
such period, plus or minus the following to the extent deducted or added in
calculating such Consolidated Net Income:

      (1)   Consolidated Income Tax Expense for such period; plus

      (2)   Consolidated Interest Expense for such period; plus

      (3)   Consolidated Non-cash Charges for such period; plus

      (4)   net after-tax losses from Asset Sale Transactions or abandonments or
            reserves relating thereto; less

                                       8
<PAGE>

      (5)   (x) all non-cash credits and gains increasing Consolidated Net
            Income for such period and (y) all cash payments during such period
            relating to non-cash charges that were added back in determining
            Consolidated EBITDA in any prior period.

      Notwithstanding the foregoing, the items specified in clauses (1), (3) and
(4) for any Restricted Subsidiary shall be added to Consolidated Net Income in
calculating Consolidated EBITDA only:

            (a)   in proportion to the percentage of the total Capital Stock of
                  such Restricted Subsidiary held directly or indirectly by the
                  Company; and

            (b)   to the extent that a corresponding amount would be permitted
                  at the date of determination to be distributed to the Company
                  by such Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to its character and
                  bylaws and each law, regulation, agreement or judgment
                  applicable to such distribution.

      "Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio" means, as of any date of
determination, the ratio of the aggregate amount of Consolidated EBITDA for the
four most recent full fiscal quarters for which financial statements are
available ending prior to the date of such determination (the "Four Quarter
Period") to Consolidated Fixed Charges for such Four Quarter Period. For
purposes of this definition, "Consolidated EBITDA" and "Consolidated Fixed
Charges" shall be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis in
accordance with Regulation S-X under the Securities Act for the period of such
calculation to:

      (1)   the Incurrence or repayment (excluding revolving credit borrowings
            Incurred or repaid in the ordinary course of business for working
            capital purposes) or redemption of any Indebtedness or Preferred
            Stock of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (and the
            application of the proceeds thereof), including the Incurrence of
            any Indebtedness or Preferred Stock (and the application of the
            proceeds thereof) giving rise to the need to make such
            determination, occurring during such Four Quarter Period or at any
            time subsequent to the last day of such Four Quarter Period and on
            or prior to such date of determination, as if such Incurrence or
            repayment, as the case may be (and the application of the proceeds
            thereof), occurred on the first day of such Four Quarter Period; and

      (2)   any Asset Sale Transaction or Asset Acquisition (including, without
            limitation, any Asset Acquisition giving rise to the need to make
            such determination as a result of the Company or one of its
            Restricted Subsidiaries (including any Person who becomes a
            Restricted Subsidiary as a result of the Asset Acquisition)
            Incurring Acquired Indebtedness and including, without limitation,
            by giving pro forma effect to any Consolidated EBITDA (provided,
            that such pro forma Consolidated EBITDA shall be calculated in a
            manner consistent with the exclusions in the definition of
            Consolidated Net Income) attributable to the assets which are the
            subject of the Asset Sale Transaction or Asset Acquisition during
            the Four Quarter Period) occurring during the Four Quarter Period or
            at any time subsequent to the last day of the Four Quarter Period
            and on or prior to such date of determination, as if such Asset Sale
            Transaction or Asset Acquisition

                                       9
<PAGE>

            (including the Incurrence of any such Acquired Indebtedness)
            occurred on the first day of the Four Quarter Period.

Furthermore, in calculating "Consolidated Fixed Charges" for purposes of
determining the denominator (but not the numerator) of this "Consolidated Fixed
Charge Coverage Ratio,"

                  (a) interest on outstanding Indebtedness determined on a
            fluctuating basis as of the date of determination and which will
            continue to be so determined thereafter shall be deemed to have
            accrued at a fixed rate per annum equal to the rate of interest on
            such Indebtedness in effect on such date of determination;

                  (b) if interest on any Indebtedness actually Incurred on such
            date of determination may optionally be determined at an interest
            rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency
            interbank offered rate, or other rates, then the interest rate in
            effect on such date of determination will be deemed to have been in
            effect during the Four Quarter Period; and

                  (c) notwithstanding clause (a) above, interest on Indebtedness
            determined on a fluctuating basis, to the extent such interest is
            covered by Hedging Obligations, shall be deemed to accrue at the
            rate per annum resulting after giving effect to the operation of
            such agreements.

      "Consolidated Fixed Charges" means, for any period, the sum, without
duplication, of:

      (1)   Consolidated Interest Expense, plus

      (2)   the product of:

            (a)   the amount of all cash and non-cash dividend payments on any
                  series of Preferred Stock or Disqualified Capital Stock of the
                  Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than dividends
                  paid in Qualified Capital Stock and other than dividends paid
                  by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the Company or to
                  a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) paid, accrued, or
                  scheduled to be paid or accrued during such period times

            (b)   a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator
                  of which is one minus the then current effective combined U.S.
                  federal, state and local income tax rate of the Company (or,
                  in the case of a Person that is an S corporation under the
                  Code, the combined U.S. federal, state and local income tax
                  rate that was or would have been utilized to calculate the Tax
                  Amount of such Person), expressed as a decimal.

      "Consolidated Income Tax Expense" means, with respect to the Company for
any period, the provision for U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. income
taxes and the Tax Amount payable by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries
for such period as determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

                                      10
<PAGE>

      "Consolidated Interest Expense" means, for any period, the sum of, without
duplication, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP:

      (1)   the aggregate of cash and non-cash interest expense of the Company
            and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period determined on a
            consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, including, without
            limitation (whether or not properly classified as interest expense
            in accordance with GAAP):

                  (a) any amortization or accretion of debt discount or any
            interest paid on Indebtedness of the Company in the form of
            additional Indebtedness,

                  (b) any amortization of deferred financing costs,

                  (c) the net costs under Hedging Obligations (including
            amortization of fees),

                  (d) all capitalized interest,

                  (e) the interest portion of any deferred payment obligation,

                  (f) commissions, discounts and other fees and charges Incurred
            in respect of letters of credit or bankers' acceptances, and

                  (g) any interest expense on Indebtedness of another Person
            that is Guaranteed by the Company or one of its Restricted
            Subsidiaries or secured by a Lien on the assets of the Company or
            one of its Restricted Subsidiaries (whether or not such Guarantee or
            Lien is called upon); and

      (2)   the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations paid,
            accrued and/or scheduled to be paid or accrued by the Company and
            its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period.

      "Consolidated Net Income" means, for any period, the aggregate net income
(or loss) of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a
consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, that there
shall be excluded therefrom:

      (1)   gains (together with any related provisions for taxes or Tax
            Distributions on such gains) from Asset Sale Transactions or
            abandonments or reserves relating thereto;

      (2)   items classified as extraordinary gains or losses (together with any
            related provisions for taxes or Tax Distributions on such gains);

      (3)   the net income of a Successor Entity prior to assuming the Company's
            obligations under this Indenture and the Notes pursuant to Section
            4.1;

      (4)   the net income (but not loss) of any Restricted Subsidiary to the
            extent that a corresponding amount could not be distributed to the
            Company at the date of determination as a result of any restriction
            pursuant to such Restricted

                                      11
<PAGE>

            Subsidiary's charter or bylaws or any law, regulation, agreement or
            judgment applicable to any such distribution;

      (5)   the net income (but not loss) or of any Person other than the
            Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;

      (6)   any increase (but not decrease) in net income attributable to
            minority interests in any Restricted Subsidiary;

      (7)   any restoration to income of any contingency reserve, except to the
            extent that provision for such reserve was made out of Consolidated
            Net Income accrued at any time following the Issue Date;

      (8)   income or loss attributable to discontinued operations (including,
            without limitation, operations disposed of during such period
            whether or not such operations were classified as discontinued);

      (9)   the cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles; and

      (10)  in the case of any Person that is an S corporation under the Code,
            the Tax Amount of such Person for such period.

      "Consolidated Net Worth" of any Person means the consolidated
stockholders' equity of such Person, determined on a consolidated basis in
accordance with GAAP, less (without duplication) amounts attributable to
Disqualified Capital Stock of such Person.

      "Consolidated Non-cash Charges" means, for any period, the aggregate
depreciation, amortization and other non-cash expenses or losses of the Company
and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a consolidated
basis in accordance with GAAP (excluding any such charge which constitutes an
accrual of or a reserve for cash charges for any future period or the
amortization of a prepaid cash expense paid in a prior period).

      "Consolidated Tangible Assets" means, at any date, the total assets (less
accumulated depreciation and valuation reserves and other reserves and items
deductible from gross book value of specific asset accounts under GAAP) of the
Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, after deducting therefrom all goodwill,
trade names, trademarks, patents, unamortized debt discount, organization
expenses and other like intangibles of the Company and the Restricted
Subsidiaries, all calculated in accordance with GAAP.

      "Corporate Trust Office" means the principal office of the Trustee at
which at any time its corporate trust business shall be administered, which
office at the date hereof is located at 222 South Riverside Plaza, 24th Floor,
Chicago, Illinois 60606, Attention: Trust and Securities Services, or such other
address as the Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders
and the Company, or the principal corporate trust office of any successor
Trustee (or such other address as such successor Trustee may designate from time
to time by notice to the Holders and the Company).

      "Covenant Defeasance" has the meaning assigned to it in Section 8.1(b).

                                      12
<PAGE>

      "Currency Agreement" means, in respect of any Person, any foreign exchange
contract, currency swap agreement or other similar agreement as to which such
Person is a party.

      "Custodian" means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator,
sequestrator or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.

      "Default" means an event or condition the occurrence of which is, or with
the lapse of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.

      "Defaulted Interest" has the meaning assigned to it in paragraph 1 of the
Form of Reverse Side of Note contained in Exhibit A.

      "Designation" and "Designation Amount" have the meanings assigned to them
in Section 3.13.

      "Disqualified Capital Stock" means that portion of any Capital Stock
which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is
convertible or for which it is exchangeable at the option of the holder
thereof), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily
redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable
at the sole option of the holder thereof, in any case, on or prior to the 91st
day after the final maturity date of the Notes.

      "Distribution Compliance Period" means, in respect of any Regulation S
Global Note, the 40 consecutive days beginning on and including the later of (a)
the day on which any Notes represented thereby are offered to persons other than
distributors (as defined in Regulation S under the Securities Act) pursuant to
Regulation S and (b) the issue date for such Notes.

      "Domestic Restricted Subsidiary" means any direct or indirect Restricted
Subsidiary that is organized under the laws of the United States, any state
thereof or the District of Columbia.

      "DTC" means The Depository Trust Company, its nominees and their
respective successors and assigns, or such other depositary institution
hereinafter appointed by the Company that is a clearing agency registered under
the Exchange Act.

      "Event of Default" has the meaning assigned to it in Section 6.1.

      "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or
any successor statute or statutes thereto.

      "Exchange Notes" means debt securities of the Company, guaranteed by the
Note Guarantors, substantially identical in all material respects to the Notes
(except that the additional interest provisions and the transfer restrictions
pertaining to the Notes will be modified or eliminated, as appropriate), to be
issued pursuant to this Indenture.

      "Exchange Offer Registration Statement" shall have the meaning assigned to
such term in the Issue Date Registration Rights Agreement and any other
Registration Rights Agreement.

                                      13
<PAGE>

      "Fair Market Value" means, with respect to any asset, the price (after
taking into account any liabilities relating to such assets) which could be
negotiated in an arm's-length free market transaction, for cash, between a
willing seller and a willing and able buyer, neither of which is under any
compulsion to complete the transaction; provided, that the Fair Market Value of
any such asset or assets shall be determined conclusively by the Board of
Directors of the Company acting in good faith, and shall be evidenced by a Board
Resolution.

      "Four Quarter Period" has the meaning set forth in the definition of
Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio above.

      "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the
opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American
Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of
the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such
other entity as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting
profession of the United States that are in effect as of the Issue Date.

      "Global Note" means any Note issued in fully-registered certificated form
to DTC (or its nominee), as depositary for the beneficial owners thereof, which
shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A, with appropriate legends as
specified in Section 2.7 and Exhibit A.

      "Guarantee" means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person
directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Indebtedness of any other Person:

      (1)   to purchase or pay, or advance or supply funds for the purchase or
            payment of, such Indebtedness of such other Person, whether arising
            by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreement to keep-well,
            to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take-or-pay,
            or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise; or

      (2)   entered into for purposes of assuring in any other manner the
            obligee of such Indebtedness of the payment thereof or to protect
            such obligee against loss in respect thereof, in whole or in part;

provided, that "Guarantee" shall not include endorsements for collection or
deposit in the ordinary course of business. "Guarantee" used as a verb has a
corresponding meaning.

      "Hedging Obligations" means the obligations of any Person pursuant to any
Interest Rate Agreement or Currency Agreement.

      "Holder" means the Person in whose name a Note is registered in the Note
Register.

      "Incur" means, with respect to any Indebtedness or other obligation of any
Person, to create, issue, incur (including by conversion, exchange or
otherwise), assume, Guarantee or otherwise become liable in respect of such
Indebtedness or other obligation on the balance sheet of such Person (and
"Incurrence," "Incurred" and "Incurring" shall have meanings correlative to the
preceding). Indebtedness of any Acquired Person or any of its Subsidiaries
existing at the time such Acquired Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (or is
merged into or consolidated with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary),
whether or not such Indebtedness was Incurred

                                      14
<PAGE>

in connection with, as a result of, or in contemplation of, such Acquired Person
becoming a Restricted Subsidiary (or being merged into or consolidated with the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary), shall be deemed Incurred at the time any
such Acquired Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or merges into or
consolidates with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary.

      "Indebtedness" means with respect to any Person, without duplication:

      (1)   the principal amount (or, if less, the accreted value) of all
            obligations of such Person for borrowed money;

      (2)   the principal amount (or, if less, the accreted value) of all
            obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or
            other similar instruments;

      (3)   all Capitalized Lease Obligations of such Person;

      (4)   all obligations of such Person issued or assumed as the deferred
            purchase price of property, all conditional sale obligations and all
            obligations under any title retention agreement (but excluding trade
            accounts payable and other accrued liabilities arising in the
            ordinary course of business that are not overdue by 90 days or more
            or are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings
            promptly instituted and diligently conducted);

      (5)   all letters of credit, banker's acceptances or similar credit
            transactions, including reimbursement obligations in respect
            thereof;

      (6)   Guarantees and other contingent obligations of such Person in
            respect of Indebtedness referred to in clauses (1) through (5) above
            and clauses (8) and (9) below;

      (7)   all Indebtedness of any other Person of the type referred to in
            clauses (1) through (6) above which is secured by any Lien on any
            property or asset of such Person, the amount of such Indebtedness
            being deemed to be the lesser of the Fair Market Value of such
            property or asset or the amount of the Indebtedness so secured;

      (8)   all obligations under Hedging Obligations of such Person; and

      (9)   all Disqualified Capital Stock issued by such Person with the amount
            of Indebtedness represented by such Disqualified Capital Stock being
            equal to the greater of its voluntary or involuntary liquidation
            preference and its maximum fixed repurchase price, but excluding
            accrued dividends, if any; provided, that:

                  (a) if the Disqualified Capital Stock does not have a fixed
            repurchase price, such maximum fixed repurchase price shall be
            calculated in accordance with the terms of the Disqualified Capital
            Stock as if the Disqualified Capital Stock were purchased on any
            date on which Indebtedness shall be required to be determined
            pursuant to this Indenture, and

                                      15
<PAGE>

                  (b) if the maximum fixed repurchase price is based upon, or
            measured by, the fair market value of the Disqualified Capital
            Stock, the fair market value shall be the Fair Market Value thereof.

      "Independent Director" means a member of the Company's Board of Directors
that (1) is not a legal or "beneficial owner," directly or indirectly, of any
equity interests of the Company or any of its Affiliates (unless the Company's
Common Stock is listed for trading on a national securities exchange or admitted
for quotation on the Nasdaq National Market) and does not have any other
material, direct or indirect, financial interest in the Company or any of its
Affiliates, (2) is not a director, officer, employee, manager, contractor or
partner of the Company or any of its Affiliates (other than in respect of his or
her service as an Independent Director of the Company), (3) is not a material
customer, supplier or creditor of the Company or any of its Affiliates, (4) does
not control, directly or indirectly, the Company, any of its Affiliates or any
Person described in clauses (1), (2) or (3) above and (5) is not a parent,
sibling or child of any Person described in clauses (1), (2), (3) or (4) above.

      "Indenture" means this Indenture as amended or supplemented from time to
time, including the exhibits hereto.

      "Independent Financial Advisor" means an accounting firm, appraisal firm,
investment banking firm or consultant of nationally recognized standing that is,
in the judgment of the Company's Board of Directors, qualified to perform the
task for which it has been engaged and which is independent in connection with
the relevant transaction.

      "Interest Payment Date" means the stated due date of an installment of
interest on the Notes as specified in the Form of Face of Note contained in
Exhibit A.

      "Interest Rate Agreement" of any Person means any interest rate protection
agreement (including, without limitation, interest rate swaps, caps, floors,
collars, derivative instruments and similar agreements) and/or other types of
interest hedging agreements.

      "Investment" means, with respect to any Person, any:

      (1)   direct or indirect loan or other extension of credit (including,
            without limitation, a Guarantee) to any other Person,

      (2)   capital contribution (by means of any transfer of cash or other
            property to others or any payment for property or services for the
            account or use of others) to any other Person, or

      (3)   purchase or acquisition by such Person of any Capital Stock, bonds,
            notes, debentures or other securities or evidences of Indebtedness
            issued by, any other Person.

      "Investment" shall exclude accounts receivable or deposits arising in the
ordinary course of business. "Invest," "Investing" and "Invested" shall have
corresponding meanings.

                                      16
<PAGE>

      For purposes of Section 3.10, the Company shall be deemed to have made an
"Investment" in an Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time of its Designation, which
shall be valued at the Fair Market Value of the sum of the net assets of such
Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time of its Designation and the amount of any
Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary Guaranteed by the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary or owed to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary
immediately following such Designation. Any property transferred to or from an
Unrestricted Subsidiary will be valued at its Fair Market Value at the time of
such transfer. If the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary sells or otherwise
disposes of any Common Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary (including any issuance
and sale of Capital Stock by a Restricted Subsidiary) such that, after giving
effect to any such sale or disposition, such Restricted Subsidiary would cease
to be a Subsidiary of the Company, the Company shall be deemed to have made an
Investments on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to sum of the Fair
Market Value of the Capital Stock of such former Restricted Subsidiary held by
the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary immediately following such sale or
other disposition and the amount of any Indebtedness of such former Restricted
Subsidiary Guaranteed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or owed to the
Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary immediately following such sale or
other disposition.

      "Investment Return" means, in respect of any Investment (other than a
Permitted Investment) made after the Issue Date by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary:

      (1)   the cash proceeds received by the Company upon the sale, liquidation
            or repayment of such Investment or, in the case of a Guarantee, the
            amount of the Guarantee upon the unconditional release of the
            Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in full, less any payments
            previously made by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in
            respect of such Guarantee;

      (2)   in the case of the Revocation of the Designation of an Unrestricted
            Subsidiary, an amount equal to the lesser of:

                  (a) the Company's Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary
            at the time of such Revocation;

                  (b) that portion of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of
            such Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time of Revocation that is
            proportionate to the Company's equity interest in such Unrestricted
            Subsidiary at the time of Revocation; and

                  (c) the Designation Amount with respect to such Unrestricted
            Subsidiary upon its Designation which was treated as a Restricted
            Payment; and

      (3)   in the event the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary makes any
            Investment in a Person that, as a result of or in connection with
            such Investment, becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, an amount equal to
            the Company's or any Restricted Subsidiary's existing Investment in
            such Person,

                                      17
<PAGE>

in the case of each of (1), (2) and (3), up to the amount of such Investment
that was treated as a Restricted Payment less the amount of any previous
Investment Return in respect of such Investment.

      "Issue Date" means the first date of issuance of Notes under this
Indenture.

      "Issue Date Notes" means the $120,000,000 aggregate principal amount of
Notes originally issued on the Issue Date, and any replacement Notes, Private
Exchange Notes and Exchange Notes, issued therefor in accordance with this
Indenture.

      "Issue Date Registration Rights Agreement" means the Registration Rights
Agreement, dated as of September 28, 2004, by and among the Company and Wachovia
Capital Markets, LLC, as Initial Purchaser.

      "Legal Defeasance" has the meaning assigned to it in Section 8.1(a).

      "Legal Holiday" has the meaning assigned to it in Section 11.7.

      "Lien" means any lien, mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, security interest,
charge or encumbrance of any kind (including any conditional sale or other title
retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof and any agreement to give
any security interest); provided that, the lessee in respect of a Capitalized
Lease Obligation shall be deemed to have Incurred a Lien on the property leased
thereunder.

      "Maturity Date" means October 1, 2012.

      "Net Cash Proceeds" means, with respect to any Asset Sale, the proceeds in
the form of cash or Cash Equivalents, including payments in respect of deferred
payment obligations when received in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents,
received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from such Asset
Sale, net of:

      (1)   reasonable out-of-pocket expenses and fees relating to such Asset
            Sale (including, without limitation, legal, accounting and
            investment banking fees and sales commissions);

      (2)   taxes or Tax Distributions paid or payable in respect of such Asset
            Sale after taking into account any reduction in consolidated tax
            liability due to available tax credits or deductions and any tax
            sharing arrangements;

      (3)   repayment of Indebtedness secured by a Lien permitted under this
            Indenture that is required to be repaid in connection with such
            Asset Sale; and

      (4)   appropriate amounts to be provided by the Company or any Restricted
            Subsidiary, as the case may be, as a reserve, in accordance with
            GAAP, against any liabilities associated with such Asset Sale and
            retained by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case
            may be, after such Asset Sale, including, without limitation,
            pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities, liabilities
            related

                                      18
<PAGE>

            to environmental matters and liabilities under any indemnification
            obligations associated with such Asset Sale.

      "Non-U.S. Person" means a person who is not a U.S. person, as defined in
Regulation S.

      "Note Custodian" means the custodian with respect to any Global Note
appointed by DTC, or any successor Person thereto, and shall initially be the
Trustee.

      "Note Guarantee" means any guarantee of the Company's Obligations under
the Notes and this Indenture provided by a Domestic Restricted Subsidiary
pursuant to this Indenture.

      "Note Guarantor" means any Domestic Restricted Subsidiary which provides a
Note Guarantee pursuant to Article X until such time as its Note Guarantee is
released in accordance with Article X.

      "Note Register" has the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.3(a).

      "Notes" means any of the Company's 9 7/8% Senior Notes Due 2012 issued and
authenticated pursuant to this Indenture.

      "Obligations" means, with respect to any Indebtedness, any principal,
interest (including, without limitation, Post-Petition Interest), penalties,
fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages, and other liabilities payable
under the documentation governing such Indebtedness, including in the case of
the Notes and the Note Guarantees, the Indenture and the Issue Date Registration
Rights Agreement.

      "Officer" means the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer,
the President, the Chief Financial Officer, any Vice President, the Treasurer or
the Secretary of the Company.

      "Officers' Certificate" means a certificate signed by two Officers or by
an Officer and either an Assistant Treasurer or an Assistant Secretary of the
Company.

      "Opinion of Counsel" means a written opinion of counsel, who may be an
employee of or counsel for the Company and who shall be reasonably acceptable to
the Trustee.

      "Outstanding" means, as of the date of determination, all Notes
theretofore authenticated and delivered under this Indenture, except:

      (1)   Notes theretofore canceled by the Trustee or delivered to the
            Trustee for cancellation;

      (2)   Notes, or portions thereof, for the payment, redemption or purchase
            of which (including pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer or Change of
            Control Offer) money in the necessary amount has been theretofore
            deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent (other than the
            Company, a Note Guarantor or an Affiliate of the Company) in trust
            or set aside and segregated in trust by the Company (if the Company,
            a Note Guarantor or an Affiliate of the Company is acting as Paying
            Agent) for the Holders of such Notes; provided that, if Notes (or
            portions thereof)

                                      19
<PAGE>

            are to be redeemed or purchased, notice of such redemption or
            purchase has been duly given pursuant to this Indenture or provision
            therefor satisfactory to the Trustee has been made;

      (3)   Notes which have been surrendered pursuant to Section 2.9 or in
            exchange for or in lieu of which other Notes have been authenticated
            and delivered pursuant to this Indenture, other than any such Notes
            in respect of which there shall have been presented to the Trustee
            proof satisfactory to it that such Notes are held by a bona fide
            purchaser in whose hands such Notes are valid obligations of the
            Company; and

      (4)   solely to the extent provided in Article VIII, Notes which are
            subject to Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance as provided in
            Article VIII;

provided, however, that in determining whether the Holders of the requisite
aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes have given any request,
demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver hereunder, Notes
owned by the Company or any other obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate of the
Company or of such other obligor shall be disregarded and deemed not to be
Outstanding, except that, in determining whether the Trustee shall be protected
in relying upon any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice,
consent, modification or waiver, only Notes which a Trust Officer of the Trustee
actually knows to be so owned shall be so disregarded. Notes so owned which have
been pledged in good faith may be regarded as Outstanding if the pledgee
establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee's right so to act
with respect to such Notes and that the pledgee is not the Company or any other
obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate of the Company or of such other obligor.

      "Pari Passu Debt" has the meaning assigned to in Section 3.11.

      "Paying Agent" has the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.3(a).

      "Permitted Business" means the business or businesses conducted by the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the Issue Date and any business
ancillary or complementary thereto.

      "Permitted Holders" means David Bistricer, Moric Bistricer and Nachum
Stein as record or beneficial holders.

      "Permitted Indebtedness" means, without duplication, each of the
following:

      (1)   Indebtedness not to exceed $120.0 million in respect of the Notes
            originally issued on the Issue Date and Exchange Notes issued
            therefor;

      (2)   Guarantees by any Note Guarantor of Indebtedness of the Company or
            any other Note Guarantor permitted under this Indenture; provided,
            that if any such Guarantee is of Subordinated Indebtedness, then the
            Note Guarantee of such Note Guarantor shall be senior to such Note
            Guarantor's Guarantee of such Subordinated Indebtedness;

                                      20
<PAGE>

      (3)   Indebtedness Incurred by the Company and any Note Guarantor pursuant
            to the Bank Credit Facility in an aggregate principal amount at any
            time outstanding not to exceed the greater of (x) $75.0 million
            (less the amount of any permanent prepayments or reductions of
            commitments in respect of such Indebtedness made with the Net Cash
            Proceeds of an Asset Sale in order to comply with Section 3.11) and
            (y) the sum of (i) up to eighty-five percent (85%) of the book value
            of accounts receivable of the Company and its Restricted
            Subsidiaries, plus (ii) up to fifty-five percent (55%) of the book
            value of inventory of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries,
            in each case determined in accordance with GAAP, and it being
            understood that amounts outstanding under the Bank Credit Facility
            are deemed to be Incurred under this clause (3);

      (4)   other Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries
            outstanding on the Issue Date other than Indebtedness under the Bank
            Credit Facility or otherwise specified under any of the other
            clauses of this definition of Permitted Indebtedness;

      (5)   Hedging Obligations entered into in the ordinary course of business
            and not for speculative purposes;

      (6)   intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Company and any of
            its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, that:

                  (a) if the Company or any Note Guarantor is the obligor on
            such Indebtedness, such Indebtedness must be expressly subordinated
            to the prior payment in full of all obligations under the Notes and
            the Indenture, in the case of the Company, or such Note Guarantor's
            Note Guarantee, in the case of any such Note Guarantor, and

                  (b) in the event that at any time any such Indebtedness ceases
            to be held by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, such
            Indebtedness shall be deemed to be Incurred and not permitted by
            this clause (6) at the time such event occurs;

      (7)   Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
            arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution
            of a check, draft or similar instrument inadvertently (except in the
            case of daylight overdrafts) drawn against insufficient funds in the
            ordinary course of business; provided, that such Indebtedness is
            extinguished within two Business Days of Incurrence;

      (8)   Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
            represented by letters of credit for the account of the Company or
            any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, in order to provide
            security for workers' compensation claims, payment obligations in
            connection with self-insurance or similar requirements in the
            ordinary course of business;

      (9)   Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of:

                                      21
<PAGE>

                  (a) Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness owed to the Company
            or any Subsidiary) Incurred pursuant to Section 3.9(a) (it being
            understood that no Indebtedness outstanding on the Issue Date is
            Incurred pursuant to such Section 3.9(a)), or

                  (b) Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to clause (1), (3) or (4)
            above;

      (10)  Capitalized Lease Obligations and Purchase Money Indebtedness
            incurred after the Issue Date that do not exceed $5.0 million in the
            aggregate at any one time outstanding; and

      (11)  Additional Indebtedness of the Company or any Note Guarantor in an
            aggregate principal amount not to exceed $10.0 million at any one
            time outstanding (which amount may, but need not, be Incurred in
            whole or in part under the Bank Credit Facility).

      "Permitted Investment" means:

      (1)   Investments by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in any
            Person that is, or that result in any Person becoming, immediately
            after such Investment, a Restricted Subsidiary or constituting a
            merger or consolidation of such Person into the Company or with or
            into a Restricted Subsidiary, except for a Guarantee of Indebtedness
            of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Note Guarantor;

      (2)   Investments by any Restricted Subsidiary in the Company;

      (3)   Investments in cash and Cash Equivalents;

      (4)   any extension, modification or renewal of any Investments existing
            as of the Issue Date (but not Investments involving additional
            advances, contributions or other investments of cash or property or
            other increases thereof, other than as a result of the accrual or
            accretion of interest or original issue discount or payment-in-kind
            pursuant to the terms of such Investment as of the Issue Date);

      (5)   Investments permitted pursuant to Section 3.16(b)(2);

      (6)   Investments received as a result of the bankruptcy or reorganization
            of any Person or taken in settlement of or other resolution of
            claims or disputes, and, in each case, extensions, modifications and
            renewals thereof;

      (7)   Investments made by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries as a
            result of non-cash consideration permitted to be received in
            connection with an Asset Sale made in compliance with the covenant
            described under Section 3.11;

      (8)   Investments made solely in the form of common equity of the Company
            constituting Qualified Capital Stock;

      (9)   Hedging Obligations made in compliance with Section 3.9; and

                                      22
<PAGE>

      (10)  other Investments not to exceed $10.0 million at any one time
            outstanding.

      "Permitted Liens" means any of the following:

      (1)   statutory Liens of landlords and Liens of carriers, warehousemen,
            mechanics, suppliers, materialmen, repairmen and other Liens imposed
            by law incurred in the ordinary course of business for sums not yet
            delinquent or being contested in good faith, if such reserve or
            other appropriate provision, if any, as shall be required by GAAP
            shall have been made in respect thereof;

      (2)   Liens Incurred or deposits made in the ordinary course of business
            in connection with workers' compensation, unemployment insurance and
            other types of social security, including any Lien securing letters
            of credit issued in the ordinary course of business consistent with
            past practice in connection therewith, or to secure the performance
            of tenders, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, bids,
            leases, government performance and return-of-money bonds and other
            similar obligations (exclusive of obligations for the payment of
            borrowed money);

      (3)   any interest or title of a lessor under any Capitalized Lease
            Obligation; provided, that such Liens do not extend to any property
            which is not leased property subject to such Capitalized Lease
            Obligation;

      (4)   purchase money Liens securing Purchase Money Indebtedness Incurred
            to finance the acquisition of property of the Company or a
            Restricted Subsidiary used in a Permitted Business; provided, that:

                  (a) the related Purchase Money Indebtedness shall not exceed
            the cost of such property and shall not be secured by any property
            of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary other than the property
            so acquired, and

                  (b) the Lien securing such Indebtedness shall be created
            within 90 days of such acquisition;

      (5)   Liens upon specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds
            of any Person securing such Person's obligations in respect of
            bankers' acceptances issued or created for the account of such
            Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such
            inventory or other goods;

      (6)   Liens securing reimbursement obligations with respect to commercial
            letters of credit which encumber documents and other property
            relating to such letters of credit and products and proceeds
            thereof;

      (7)   Liens encumbering deposits made to secure obligations arising from
            statutory, regulatory, contractual or warranty requirements of the
            Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, including rights of offset and
            set-off;

      (8)   Liens existing on the Issue Date and Liens to secure any Refinancing
            Indebtedness which is Incurred to Refinance any Indebtedness which
            has been

                                      23
<PAGE>

            secured by a Lien permitted under Section 3.15 and which
            Indebtedness has been Incurred in accordance with Section 3.9;
            provided, that such new Liens:

                  (a) are no less favorable to the Holders of Notes and are not
            more favorable to the lienholders with respect to such Liens than
            the Liens in respect of the Indebtedness being Refinanced and

                  (b) do not extend to any property or assets other than the
            property or assets securing the Indebtedness Refinanced by such
            Refinancing Indebtedness;

      (9)   Liens securing Acquired Indebtedness Incurred in accordance with
            Section_3.9 not Incurred in connection with, or in anticipation or
            contemplation of, the relevant acquisition, merger or consolidation;
            provided, that:

                  (a) such Liens secured such Acquired Indebtedness at the time
            of and prior to the Incurrence of such Acquired Indebtedness by the
            Company or a Restricted Subsidiary and were not granted in
            connection with, or in anticipation of the Incurrence of such
            Acquired Indebtedness by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary and

                  (b) such Liens do not extend to or cover any property of the
            Company or any Restricted Subsidiary other than the property that
            secured the Acquired Indebtedness prior to the time such
            Indebtedness became Acquired Indebtedness of the Company or a
            Restricted Subsidiary and are no more favorable to the lienholders
            than the Liens securing the Acquired Indebtedness prior to the
            Incurrence of such Acquired Indebtedness by the Company or a
            Restricted Subsidiary;

      (10)  Liens securing borrowings under the Bank Credit Facility incurred in
            accordance with clause (3) of the definition of "Permitted
            Indebtedness"; and

      (11)  additional Liens securing obligations and Attributable Indebtedness
            Incurred pursuant to Section 3.19 in an aggregate amount outstanding
            not to exceed 3.0% of Consolidated Tangible Assets at the time of
            such Incurrence.

      "Person" means an individual, partnership, corporation, company, limited
liability company, unincorporated organization, trust or joint venture, or a
governmental agency or political subdivision thereof.

      "Post-Petition Interest" means all interest accrued or accruing after the
commencement of any insolvency or liquidation proceeding (and interest that
would accrue but for the commencement of any insolvency or liquidation
proceeding) in accordance with and at the contract rate (including, without
limitation, any rate applicable upon default) specified in the agreement or
instrument creating, evidencing or governing any Indebtedness, whether or not,
pursuant to applicable law or otherwise, the claim for such interest is allowed
as a claim in such insolvency or liquidation proceeding.

                                      24
<PAGE>

      "Preferred Stock" of any Person means any Capital Stock of such Person
that has preferential rights over any other Capital Stock of such Person with
respect to dividends, distributions or redemptions or upon liquidation.

      "Private Exchange Notes" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in
the Issue Date Registration Rights Agreement and any other Registration Rights
Agreement.

      "Private Placement Legend" has the meaning assigned to it in Section
2.7(b).

      "Public Equity Offering" means an underwritten public offering of
Qualified Capital Stock of the Company pursuant to a registration statement
(other than a registration statement filed on Form S-4 or S-8) filed with the
SEC in accordance with the Securities Act.

      "Purchase Money Indebtedness" means Indebtedness of the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary Incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of
the purchase price or other cost of construction or improvement of any property;
provided, that the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness does not
exceed the lesser of the Fair Market Value of such property or such purchase
price or cost, including any Refinancing of such Indebtedness that does not
increase the aggregate principal amount (or accreted amount, if less) thereof as
of the date of Refinancing.

      "QIB" means any "qualified institutional buyer" (as defined in Rule 144A).

      "Qualified Capital Stock" means any Capital Stock that is not Disqualified
Capital Stock and any warrants, rights or options to purchase or acquire Capital
Stock that is not Disqualified Capital Stock that are not convertible into or
exchangeable into Disqualified Capital Stock.

      "Record Date" has the meaning assigned to it in the Form of Face of Note
contained in Exhibit A.

      "Redemption Date" means, with respect to any redemption of Notes, the date
fixed for such redemption pursuant to this Indenture and the Notes.

      "Refinance" means, in respect of any security or Indebtedness, to
refinance, extend, renew, refund, repay, prepay, redeem, defease or retire, or
to issue a security or Indebtedness in exchange or replacement for, such
security or Indebtedness in whole or in part. "Refinanced" and "Refinancing"
shall have correlative meanings.

      "Refinancing Indebtedness" means any Refinancing by the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary, to the extent that such Refinancing does not:

      (1)   result in an increase in the aggregate principal amount of the
            Indebtedness of such Person as of the date of such proposed
            Refinancing (plus the amount of any premium required to be paid
            under the terms of the instrument governing such Indebtedness and
            plus the amount of reasonable expenses incurred by the Company in
            connection with such Refinancing); or

      (2)   create Indebtedness with:

                                      25
<PAGE>

            (a)   a Weighted Average Life to Maturity that is less than the
                  Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness being
                  Refinanced; or

            (b)   a final maturity earlier than the final maturity of the
                  Indebtedness being Refinanced;

provided, that:

      (x)   if such Indebtedness being Refinanced is Indebtedness of the
Company, then such Refinancing Indebtedness shall be Indebtedness of the
Company,

      (y)   if such Indebtedness being Refinanced is Indebtedness of a Note
Guarantor, then such Indebtedness shall be Indebtedness of the Company and/or
such Note Guarantor, and

      (z)   if such Indebtedness being Refinanced is Subordinated Indebtedness,
then such Refinancing Indebtedness shall be subordinate to the Notes or the
relevant Note Guarantee, if applicable, at least to the same extent and in the
same manner as the Indebtedness being Refinanced.

      "Registered Exchange Offer" means an exchange offer by the Company
registered under the Securities Act pursuant to which Notes originally issued
pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act are
exchanged for Notes of like principal amount not bearing the Private Placement
Legend.

      "Registrar" has the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.3(a).

      "Registration Rights Agreement" means any registration rights agreement
between the Company, the Note Guarantors and one or more investment banks acting
as initial purchasers in connection with any issuance of Notes under this
Indenture, including the Issue Date Registration Rights Agreement.

      "Registration Statement" means an effective Exchange Offer Registration
Statement or Shelf Registration Statement.

      "Regulation S" means Regulation S under the Securities Act or any
successor regulation.

      "Regulation S Global Note" has the meaning assigned to it in Section
2.1(e).

      "Replacement Assets" has the meaning assigned to it in Section 3.11.

      "Resale Restriction Termination Date" means, for any Restricted Note that
is an Issue Date Note (or beneficial interest therein), two years (or such other
period specified in Rule 144(k)) from the Issue Date or, for any Additional
Notes (or beneficial interests therein) that are Restricted Notes two years (or
such other period specified in Rule 144(k)) from the latest such original issue
date of such Additional Notes.

      "Responsible Officer" means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any
officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee, including any vice
president, assistant vice president, assistant secretary, assistant treasurer,
trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee

                                      26
<PAGE>

who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the Persons who
at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust
matter is referred because of such person's knowledge of and familiarity with
the particular subject and who shall have direct responsibility for the
administration of this Indenture.

      "Restricted Note" means any Issue Date Note (or beneficial interest
therein) or any Additional Note (or beneficial interest therein) not originally
issued and sold pursuant to an effective registration statement under the
Securities Act until such time as:

      (i)   such Issue Date Note (or beneficial interest therein) or Additional
Note (or beneficial interest therein) has been exchanged for a corresponding
Exchange Note pursuant to an Exchange Offer Registration Statement or has been
transferred pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement;

      (ii)  the Resale Restriction Termination Date therefor has passed;

      (iii) such Note is a Regulation S Global Note and the Distribution
Compliance Period therefor has terminated and the Trustee has received the
certifications specified in Rule 903(b)(3)(ii)(b) of Regulation S; or

      (iv)  the Private Placement Legend therefor has otherwise been removed
pursuant to Section 2.8(d) or, in the case of a beneficial interest in a Global
Note, such beneficial interest has been exchanged for an interest in a Global
Note not bearing a Private Placement Legend.

      "Restricted Payment" has the meaning set forth in Section 3.10.

      "Restricted Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary of the Company which at the
time of determination is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

      "Revocation" has the meaning set forth in Section 3.13.

      "Rule 144" means Rule 144 under the Securities Act (or any successor
rule).

      "Rule 144A" means Rule 144A under the Securities Act (or any successor
rule).

      "Rule 144A Global Note" has the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.1(d).

      "Sale and Leaseback Transaction" means any direct or indirect arrangement
with any Person or to which any such Person is a party providing for the leasing
to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of any property, whether owned by the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary at the Issue Date or later acquired, which
has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Company or such Restricted
Subsidiary to such Person or to any other Person by whom funds have been or are
to be advanced on the security of such Property.

      "SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any successor
agency thereto with respect to the regulation or registration of securities.

      "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

                                      27
<PAGE>

      "Shelf Registration Statement" shall have the meaning assigned to such
term in the Issue Date Registration Rights Agreement and any other Registration
Rights Agreement.

      "Significant Subsidiary" shall mean a Subsidiary of the Company
constituting a "Significant Subsidiary" in accordance with Rule 1-02(w) of
Regulation S-X under the Securities Act in effect on the date hereof, except
that all references to 10% in Rule 1-02(w) are replaced with 5%.

      "Special Record Date" has the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.12(a).

      "Stated Maturity" means, with respect to any security, the date specified
in such security as the fixed date on which the final payment of principal of
such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption
provision (but excluding any provision providing for the repurchase of such
security at the option of the holder thereof upon the happening of any
contingency unless such contingency has occurred).

      "Subordinated Indebtedness" means, with respect to the Company or any Note
Guarantor, any Indebtedness of the Company or such Note Guarantor, as the case
may be, which is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the
relevant Note Guarantee, as the case may be.

      "Subsidiary," with respect to any Person, means any other Person of which
such Person owns, directly or indirectly, more than fifty percent (50%) of the
voting power of the other Person's outstanding Voting Stock.

      "Successor Entity" has the meaning assigned to it in Section 4.1.

      "Tax Amount" means, with respect to any period, an amount equal to (1) the
product of (a) the Taxable Income of the Company and (b) the Applicable Tax
Percentage, less (2) to the extent not previously taken into account, any income
tax benefit attributable to the Company that could be utilized by its
shareholders, in the current or any prior year, or portion thereof, from and
after the date of this Indenture (including any tax losses or tax credits),
computed at the Applicable Tax Percentage of the year that such benefit is taken
into account for purposes of this computation; provided, however, that the
computation of Tax Amount shall also take into account (a) the deductibility of
state and local taxes for federal income tax purposes, and (b) any difference in
the Applicable Tax Percentage resulting from the nature of the Taxable Income
(such as capital gain as opposed to ordinary income).

      "Tax Distribution" means a distribution in respect of taxes to the
shareholders of the Company pursuant to Section 3.10(b)(5).

      "Taxable Income" means, with respect to any Person for any period, the
taxable income (including all separately stated items of income) or loss of such
Person (including any such taxable income payable by such Person's shareholders
as a result of such Person's election to be taxed as an S corporation pursuant
to Section 1361 of the Code) for such person for federal income tax purposes.

                                      28
<PAGE>

      "TIA" or "Trust Indenture Act" means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as
amended, as in effect on the date of this Indenture (except as otherwise
provided in this Indenture).

      "Trustee" means the party named as such in the introductory paragraph of
this Indenture until a successor replaces it in accordance with the terms of
this Indenture and, thereafter, means the successor.

      "U.S. Government Obligations" means (i) securities that are (a) direct
obligations of the United States of America for the payment of which the full
faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged or (b) obligations
of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or
instrumentality of the United States of America the payment of which is
unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United
States of America, which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the
option of the issuer thereof; and (ii) depositary receipts issued by a bank (as
defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act) as custodian with respect to
any U.S. Government Obligation which is specified in clause (i) above and held
by such bank for the account of the holder of such depositary receipt, or with
respect to any specific payment of principal or interest on any U.S. Government
Obligation which is so specified and held, provided that (except as required by
law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount
payable to the holder of such depositary receipt from any amount received by the
custodian in respect of the U.S. Government Obligation or the specific payment
of principal or interest of the U.S. Government Obligation evidenced by such
depositary receipt.

      "U.S. Legal Tender" means such coin or currency of the United States of
America as at the time of payment shall be legal tender for the payment of
public and private debts.

      "Unrestricted Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary of the Company Designated
as such pursuant to Section 3.13. Any such Designation may be revoked by a Board
Resolution of the Company, subject to the provisions of Section 3.13.

      "Voting Stock" with respect to any Person, means securities of any class
of Capital Stock of such Person entitling the holders thereof (whether at all
times or only so long as no senior class of stock has voting power by reason of
any contingency) to vote in the election of members of the Board of Directors
(or equivalent governing body) of such Person.

      "Weighted Average Life to Maturity" means, when applied to any
Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing:

      (1)   the then outstanding aggregate principal amount or liquidation
            preference, as the case may be, of such Indebtedness into

      (2)   the sum of the products obtained by multiplying:

                  (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking
            fund, serial maturity or other required payment of principal or
            liquidation preference, as the case may be, including payment at
            final maturity, in respect thereof, by

                                      29
<PAGE>

                  (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest
            one-twelfth) which will elapse between such date and the making of
            such payment.

      "Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary" of the Company means any Restricted
Subsidiary of which all the outstanding Capital Stock (other than in the case of
a Restricted Subsidiary not organized in the United States, directors'
qualifying shares or an immaterial amount of shares required to be owned by
other Persons pursuant to applicable law) are owned by the Company or any Wholly
Owned Restricted Subsidiary.

      Section 1.2 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act. If any
provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties that
would be imposed by any of Sections 310 to 317 of the TIA through operation of
Section 318(c) thereof on any person if this Indenture were qualified under the
TIA, such imposed duties shall control.

      "obligor" on the indenture securities means the Company and any other
obligor on the indenture securities.

      All other TIA terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA,
defined in the TIA by reference to another statute or defined by Rules or
Regulations of the SEC Rule have the meanings assigned to them by such
definitions.

      Section 1.3 Rules of Construction. Unless the context otherwise requires:

            (1)   a term has the meaning assigned to it;

            (2)   an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning
      assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

            (3)   "premium" means "premium, if any";

            (4)   "or" is not exclusive;

            (5)   "include", "includes", "including" means "include, without
      limitation", "includes, without limitation", and "including, without
      limitation";

            (6)   "will" means and has the same effect as the word "shall";

            (7)   words in the singular include the plural and words in the
      plural include the singular; and

            (8)   references to the payment of principal of the Notes shall
      include applicable premium, if any; and

            (9)   any pronoun includes the corresponding masculine, feminine and
      neuter forms.

                                      30
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE II
                                    THE NOTES

       Section 2.1 Form and Dating.

      (a) The Issue Date Notes are being originally offered and sold by the
Company pursuant to a Purchase Agreement, dated as of September 21, 2004,
between the Company and Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC. The Notes will be issued
in fully-registered certificated form without coupons, and only in denominations
of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof. The Notes and the Trustee's
certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A.

      (b) The terms and provisions of the Notes, the form of which is in Exhibit
A, shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture,
and, to the extent applicable, the Company, the Note Guarantors and the Trustee,
by their execution and delivery of this Indenture expressly agree to such terms
and provisions and to be bound thereby. Except as otherwise expressly permitted
in this Indenture, all Notes shall be identical in all respects. Notwithstanding
any differences among them, all Notes issued under this Indenture shall vote and
consent together on all matters as one class.

      (c) The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements as specified in
Section 2.7 or as otherwise required by law, stock exchange rule or DTC rule or
usage. The Company and the Trustee shall approve the form of the Notes and any
notation, legend or endorsement on them. Each Note shall be dated the date of
its authentication.

      (d) Notes originally offered and sold to QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A
will be issued in the form of one or more Global Notes (each, a "Rule 144A
Global Note").

      (e) Notes originally offered and sold outside the United States of America
will be issued in the form of one or more Global Notes (each, a "Regulation S
Global Note").

      Section 2.2 Execution and Authentication.

      (a) The Notes shall be signed for the Company by manual or facsimile
signature by the Chairman of the Board, the President, the Chief Executive
Officer or the Chief Financial Officer of the Company. If an Officer whose
signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee
authenticates the Note, the Note shall be valid nevertheless.

      (b) A Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee
manually authenticates the Note. The signature of the Trustee on a Note shall be
conclusive evidence that such Note has been duly and validly authenticated and
delivered under this Indenture.

      (c) At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of
this Indenture, the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery
Notes upon a written order of the Company signed by one Officer of the Company
(a "Company Order"). A Company Order shall specify the amount of the Notes to be
authenticated and the date on which the original issue of Notes is to be
authenticated. The aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be authenticated
and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited.

                                      31
<PAGE>

      (d) The Trustee may appoint an agent (the "Authenticating Agent")
reasonably acceptable to the Company to authenticate the Notes. Unless limited
by the terms of such appointment, any such Authenticating Agent may authenticate
Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to
authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by the Authenticating
Agent.

      (e) In case a Successor Entity has executed an indenture supplemental
hereto with the Trustee pursuant to Article IV, any of the Notes authenticated
or delivered prior to such transaction may, from time to time, at the request of
the Successor Entity, be exchanged for other Notes executed in the name of the
Successor Entity with such changes in phraseology and form as may be
appropriate, but otherwise identical to the Notes surrendered for such exchange
and of like principal amount; and the Trustee, upon Company Order of the
Successor Entity, shall authenticate and deliver Notes as specified in such
order for the purpose of such exchange. If Notes shall at any time be
authenticated and delivered in any new name of a Successor Entity pursuant to
this Section 2.2 in exchange or substitution for or upon registration of
transfer of any Notes, such Successor Entity, at the option of the Holders but
without expense to them, shall provide for the exchange of all Notes at the time
Outstanding for Notes authenticated and delivered in such new name.

      Section 2.3 Registrar and Paying Agent.

      (a) The Company shall maintain an office or agency in the Borough of
Manhattan, City of New York, where Notes may be presented for registration of
transfer or for exchange (the "Registrar"), where Notes may be presented or
surrendered for payment (the "Paying Agent") and for the service of notices and
demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture. The
Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange
(the "Note Register"). The Company may have one or more co-Registrars and one or
more additional paying agents. The term "Paying Agent" includes any additional
paying agent.

      (b) The Company shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any
Registrar, Paying Agent or co-Registrar not a party to this Indenture, which
shall incorporate the terms of the TIA. The agreement shall implement the
provisions of this Indenture that relate to such agent. The Company shall notify
the Trustee of the name and address of each such agent. If the Company fails to
maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such and shall be
entitled to appropriate compensation therefor pursuant to Section 7.7. The
Company or any Note Guarantor may act as Paying Agent, Registrar, co-Registrar
or transfer agent.

      (c) The Company initially appoints the Trustee at its principal corporate
trust office in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York (the "Corporate Trust
Office") as Registrar, Paying Agent and agent for service of demands and notices
in connection with the Notes and this Indenture, until such time as another
Person is appointed as such.

      Section 2.4 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust. The Company shall
require each Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to agree in writing that such
Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all
money held by such Paying Agent for the payment of principal of, or interest on,
the Notes and shall notify the Trustee in writing of any Default by the Company
or any Note Guarantor in making any such payment. If the Company or

                                      32
<PAGE>

any Note Guarantor or an Affiliate of the Company or any Note Guarantor acts as
Paying Agent, it shall segregate the money held by it as Paying Agent and hold
it as a separate trust fund. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent
(other than the Trustee) to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and to
account for any funds disbursed by such Paying Agent. Upon complying with this
Section 2.4, the Paying Agent (if other than the Company or a Note Guarantor)
shall have no further liability for the money delivered to the Trustee. Upon any
proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law with respect to the Company or any Note
Guarantor or any Affiliate of the Company or any Note Guarantor, if the Company,
a Note Guarantor or such Affiliate is then acting as Paying Agent, the Trustee
shall replace the Company, such Note Guarantor or such Affiliate as Paying
Agent.

      Section 2.5 _ Holder Lists. The Trustee shall preserve in as current a
form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the
names and addresses of Holders. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, or to the
extent otherwise required under the TIA, the Company shall furnish to the
Trustee, in writing at least seven Business Days before each Interest Payment
Date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in
such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names
and addresses of Holders.

      Section 2.6 Global Note Provisions.

      (a)   Each Global Note initially shall: (i) be registered in the name of
DTC or the nominee of DTC, (ii) be delivered to the Note Custodian, and (iii)
bear the appropriate legend, as set forth in Section 2.7 and Exhibit A. Any
Global Note may be represented by more than one certificate. The aggregate
principal amount of each Global Note may from time to time be increased or
decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Note Custodian, as provided
in this Indenture.

      (b)   Members of, or participants in, DTC ("Agent Members") shall have no
rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf
by DTC or by the Note Custodian under such Global Note, and DTC may be treated
by the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent and the Registrar and any of their
agents as the absolute owner of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the
Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar or any of their agents from giving
effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by
DTC or impair, as between DTC and its Agent Members, the operation of customary
practices of DTC governing the exercise of the rights of an owner of a
beneficial interest in any Global Note. The registered Holder of a Global Note
may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any person, including Agent Members
and persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action
that a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes.

      (c)   Except as provided below, owners of beneficial interests in Global
Notes will not be entitled to receive Certificated Notes. Certificated Notes
shall be issued to all owners of beneficial interests in a Global Note in
exchange for such interests if:

                  (i) DTC notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to
            continue as depositary for such Global Note and a successor
            depositary is not

                                      33
<PAGE>

            appointed by the Company within 90 days of such notice or DTC ceases
            to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act at a time
            when DTC is required to be so registered in order to act as
            depositary,

                  (ii) the Company executes and delivers to the Trustee and
            Registrar an Officers' Certificate stating that such Global Note
            shall be so exchangeable, or

                  (iii) a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is
            continuing and the Registrar has received a request from DTC.

In connection with the exchange of an entire Global Note for Certificated Notes
pursuant to this paragraph (c), such Global Note shall be deemed to be
surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Company shall execute, and
upon Company Order the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, to each
beneficial owner identified by DTC in exchange for its beneficial interest in
such Global Note, an equal aggregate principal amount of Certificated Notes of
authorized denominations.

      (d)   In connection with the exchange of a portion of a Certificated Note
for a beneficial interest in a Global Note, the Trustee shall cancel such
Certificated Note, and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall
authenticate and deliver to the exchanging Holder, a new Certificated Note
representing the principal amount not so exchanged unless such principal amount
is to be exchanged for a beneficial interest in a Global Note pursuant to
Section 2.8(d).

      Section 2.7 Legends.

      (a)   Each Global Note shall bear the legend specified therefor in Exhibit
A on the face thereof.

      (b)   Each Restricted Note shall bear the private placement legend (the
"Private Placement Legend") specified therefor in Exhibit A on the face thereof.

      Section 2.8 Transfer and Exchange.

      (a)   The following provisions shall apply with respect to any proposed
transfer of an interest in a Rule 144A Global Note that is a Restricted Note: If
(1) the owner of a beneficial interest in a Rule 144A Global Note wishes to
transfer such interest (or portion thereof) to a Non-U.S. Person pursuant to
Regulation S and (2) such Non-U.S. Person wishes to hold its interest in the
Notes through a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note, (i) upon
receipt by the Note Custodian and Registrar of:

            (A) instructions from the Holder of the Rule 144A Global Note
      directing the Note Custodian and Registrar to credit or cause to be
      credited a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note equal to
      the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global
      Note to be transferred, and

            (B) a certificate in the form of Exhibit C from the transferor,

                                      34
<PAGE>

      and (ii) subject to the rules and procedures of DTC, the Note Custodian
and Registrar shall increase the Regulation S Global Note and decrease the Rule
144A Global Note by such amount in accordance with the foregoing.

      (b) If the owner of an interest in a Regulation S Global Note that is a
Restricted Note wishes to transfer such interest (or any portion thereof) to a
QIB pursuant to Rule 144A, (i) upon receipt by the Note Custodian and Registrar
of:

            (A) instructions from the Holder of the Regulation S Global Note
      directing the Note Custodian and Registrar to credit or cause to be
      credited a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note equal to the
      principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global
      Note to be transferred, and

            (B) a certificate in the form of Exhibit B duly executed by the
      transferor,

      and (ii) in accordance with the rules and procedures of DTC, the Note
Custodian and Registrar shall increase the Rule 144A Global Note and decrease
the Regulation S Global Note by such amount in accordance with the foregoing.

      (c)   Other Transfers.

            (1) If the owner of an interest in a Restricted Note wishes to
      transfer such interest (or any portion thereof) to an institutional
      "accredited investor" (within the meaning of Rules 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or
      (7) under the Securities Act), the transferee shall furnish a certificate
      in the form of Exhibit F and, if such transfer is in respect of an
      aggregate principal amount of less than $100,000, an opinion of counsel
      acceptable to the Company that such transfer is in compliance with the
      Securities Act. Upon receipt of such certificate, the Company shall
      execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, one or more
      Certificated Notes of like tenor and amount and bearing the Private
      Placement Legend and, if the transferor is transferring an interest in a
      Global Note, the Note Custodian and Registrar shall decrease such Global
      Note by such amount in accordance with the foregoing.

            (2) Any transfer of Restricted Notes not described above (other than
      a transfer of a beneficial interest in a Global Note that does not involve
      an exchange of such interest for a Certificated Note or a beneficial
      interest in another Global Note, which must be effected in accordance with
      applicable law and the rules and procedures of DTC, but is not subject to
      any procedure required by this Indenture) shall be made only upon receipt
      by the Registrar of such opinions of counsel, certificates and/or other
      information reasonably required by and satisfactory to it in order to
      ensure compliance with the Securities Act or in accordance with Section
      2.8(d).

      (d) Use and Removal of Private Placement Legends. Upon the transfer,
exchange or replacement of Notes (or beneficial interests in a Global Note) not
bearing (or not required to bear upon such transfer, exchange or replacement) a
Private Placement Legend, the Note Custodian and Registrar shall exchange such
Notes (or beneficial interests) for beneficial interests in a Global Note (or
Certificated Notes if they have been issued pursuant to Section 2.6(c)) that
does not bear a Private Placement Legend. Upon the transfer, exchange or

                                      35
<PAGE>

replacement of Notes (or beneficial interests in a Global Note) bearing a
Private Placement Legend, the Note Custodian and Registrar shall deliver only
Notes (or beneficial interests in a Global Note) that bear a Private Placement
Legend unless:

                  (i) such Notes (or beneficial interests) are exchanged in a
            Registered Exchange Offer;

                  (ii) such Notes (or beneficial interests) are transferred
            pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement;

                  (iii) such Notes (or beneficial interests) are transferred
            pursuant to Rule 144 upon delivery to the Registrar of a certificate
            of the transferor in the form of Exhibit D and an Opinion of Counsel
            reasonably satisfactory to the Registrar;

                  (iv) such Notes (or beneficial interests) are transferred,
            replaced or exchanged after the Resale Restriction Termination Date
            therefor; or

                  (v) in connection with such transfer, exchange or replacement
            the Registrar shall have received an Opinion of Counsel and other
            evidence reasonably satisfactory to it, the Company and the Note
            Guarantors to the effect that neither such Private Placement Legend
            nor the related restrictions on transfer are required in order to
            maintain compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act.

The Private Placement Legend on any Note shall be removed at the request of the
Holder on or after the Resale Restriction Termination Date therefor. The Holder
of a Global Note may exchange an interest therein for an equivalent interest in
a Global Note not bearing a Private Placement Legend (other than a Regulation S
Global Note) upon transfer of such interest pursuant to any of clauses (i)
through (v) of this paragraph (d). The Company and the Note Guarantors shall
deliver to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate promptly upon effectiveness,
withdrawal or suspension of any Registration Statement.

      (e)   Consolidation of Global Notes and Exchange of Certificated Notes for
Beneficial Interests in Global Notes. If a Global Note not bearing a Private
Placement Legend (other than a Regulation S Global Note) is Outstanding at the
time of a Registered Exchange Offer, any interests in a Global Note exchanged in
such Registered Exchange Offer shall be exchanged for interests in such
Outstanding Global Note.

      (f)   Retention of Documents. The Registrar shall retain copies of all
letters, notices and other written communications received pursuant to this
Article II. The Company shall have the right to inspect and make copies of all
such letters, notices or other written communications at any reasonable time
upon the giving of reasonable written notice to the Registrar.

      (g)   Execution, Authentication of Notes, etc.

                  (i) Subject to the other provisions of this Section 2.8, when
            Notes are presented to the Registrar or a co-Registrar with a
            request to register the transfer of such Notes or to exchange such
            Notes for an equal principal amount of Notes

                                      36
<PAGE>

            of other authorized denominations, the Registrar or co-Registrar
            shall register the transfer or make the exchange as requested if its
            requirements for such transaction are met; provided that any Notes
            presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange
            shall be duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of
            transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar or co-Registrar, duly
            executed by the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in
            writing. To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges and
            subject to the other terms and conditions of this Article II, the
            Company will execute and upon Company Order, the Trustee will
            authenticate Certificated Notes and Global Notes at the Registrar's
            or co-Registrar's request. In accordance with the Issue Date
            Registration Rights Agreement, upon the effectiveness of any
            Exchange Offer Registration Statement, the Company will execute and
            upon Company Order, the Trustee will authenticate Exchange Notes or
            Private Exchange Notes, as the case may be, in exchange for Issue
            Date Notes. In accordance with a Registration Rights Agreement in
            respect of Additional Notes, upon the effectiveness of any Exchange
            Offer Registration Statement in respect of such Additional Notes,
            the Company will execute and upon Company Order, the Trustee will
            authenticate Exchange Notes in exchange for such Additional Notes.

                  (ii) No service charge shall be made to a Holder for any
            registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require
            payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax, assessments,
            or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith
            (other than any such transfer taxes, assessments or similar
            governmental charges payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to a
            Registered Exchange Offer or to Section 3.8, 3.11, 5.1 or 9.5).

                  (iii) The Registrar or co-Registrar shall not be required to
            register the transfer of or exchange of any Note for a period
            beginning: (1) 15 days before the mailing of a notice of an offer to
            repurchase or redeem Notes and ending at the close of business on
            the day of such mailing or (2) on the Record Date for an Interest
            Payment Date and ending on such Interest Payment Date.

                  (iv) Prior to the due presentation for registration of
            transfer of any Note, the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent,
            the Registrar or any co-Registrar may deem and treat the person in
            whose name a Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note
            for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on
            such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such
            Note is overdue, and none of the Company, the Trustee, the Paying
            Agent, the Registrar or any co-Registrar shall be affected by notice
            to the contrary.

      (h)   No Obligation of the Trustee.

                        (i) The Trustee shall have no responsibility or
                  obligation to any beneficial owner of an interest in a Global
                  Note, a member of, or a participant in, DTC or other Person
                  with respect to the accuracy of the records of DTC or its
                  nominee or of any participant or member thereof, with respect
                  to any ownership interest in the Notes or with respect to the
                  delivery to any participant, member,

                                      37
<PAGE>

                  beneficial owner or other Person (other than DTC) of any
                  notice (including any notice of redemption) or the payment of
                  any amount or delivery of any Notes (or other security or
                  property) under or with respect to such Notes. All notices and
                  communications to be given to the Holders and all payments to
                  be made to Holders in respect of the Notes shall be given or
                  made only to or upon the order of the registered Holders
                  (which shall be DTC or its nominee in the case of a Global
                  Note). The rights of beneficial owners in any Global Note
                  shall be exercised only through DTC subject to the applicable
                  rules and procedures of DTC. The Trustee may rely and shall be
                  fully protected in relying upon information furnished by DTC
                  with respect to its members, participants and any beneficial
                  owners.

                        (ii) The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to
                  monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any
                  restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under
                  applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in
                  any Note (including any transfers between or among DTC
                  participants, members or beneficial owners in any Global Note)
                  other than to require delivery of such certificates and other
                  documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to
                  do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of this
                  Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial
                  compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.

      Section 2.9 Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Notes.

      (a) If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Registrar or if the Holder
of a Note claims that the Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the
Company shall execute and upon Company Order the Trustee shall authenticate a
replacement Note if the requirements of Section 8-405 of the Uniform Commercial
Code are met and the Holder satisfies any other reasonable requirements of the
Trustee. If required by the Trustee or the Company, such Holder shall furnish an
affidavit of loss and indemnity bond sufficient in the judgment of the Company
and the Trustee to protect the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the
Registrar and any co-Registrar from any loss that any of them may suffer if a
Note is replaced, and, in the absence of notice to the Company or the Trustee
that such Note has been acquired by a protected purchaser, the Company shall
execute and upon Company Order the Trustee shall authenticate and make available
for delivery, in exchange for any such mutilated Note or in lieu of any such
destroyed, lost or stolen Note, a new Note of like tenor and principal amount,
bearing a number not contemporaneously Outstanding.

      (b) Upon the issuance of any new Note under this Section 2.9, the Company
may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other
governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other
expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee) in connection
therewith.

      (c) Every new Note issued pursuant to this Section 2.9 in exchange for any
mutilated Note, or in lieu of any destroyed, lost or stolen Note, shall
constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the Company, any
Note Guarantor and any other obligor upon the Notes, whether or not the
mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall be at any time

                                      38
<PAGE>

enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to all benefits of this Indenture
equally and proportionately with any and all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

      Section 2.10 Temporary Notes. Until definitive Notes are ready for
delivery, the Company may execute and upon Company Order the Trustee will
authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes will be substantially in the form
of definitive Notes but may have variations that the Company considers
appropriate for temporary Notes. Without unreasonable delay, the Company will
prepare and execute and upon Company Order the Trustee will authenticate
definitive Notes. After the preparation of definitive Notes, the temporary Notes
will be exchangeable for definitive Notes upon surrender of the temporary Notes
at any office or agency maintained by the Company for that purpose and such
exchange shall be without charge to the Holder. Upon surrender for cancellation
of any one or more temporary Notes, the Company will execute and upon Company
Order the Trustee will authenticate and make available for delivery in exchange
therefor one or more definitive Notes representing an equal principal amount of
Notes. Until so exchanged, the Holder of temporary Notes shall in all respects
be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as a Holder of definitive
Notes.

      Section 2.11 Cancellation. The Company at any time may deliver Notes to
the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall forward
to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer,
exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else shall cancel and dispose of
cancelled Notes in accordance with its policy of disposal or return to the
Company all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment or
cancellation. The Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes it has paid
or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for any reason other than in
connection with a transfer or exchange upon Company Order.

      Section 2.12 Defaulted Interest. When any installment of interest becomes
Defaulted Interest, such installment shall forthwith cease to be payable to the
Holders in whose names the Notes were registered on the Record Date applicable
to such installment of interest. Defaulted Interest (including any interest on
such Defaulted Interest) may be paid by the Company, at its election, as
provided in clause (a) or (b) below.

      (a) The Company may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Interest
(including any interest on such Defaulted Interest) to the Holders in whose
names the Notes are registered at the close of business on a special record date
for the payment of such Defaulted Interest (a "Special Record Date"), which
shall be fixed in the following manner. The Company shall notify the Trustee in
writing of the amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid and the date of
the proposed payment, and at the same time the Company shall deposit with the
Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in
respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to
the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such
money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Holders entitled
to such Defaulted Interest as provided in this clause (a). Thereupon the Trustee
shall fix a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest,
which shall be not more than 15 calendar days and not less than ten calendar
days prior to the date of the proposed payment and not less than ten calendar
days after the receipt by the Trustee of the notice of the proposed payment. The
Trustee shall promptly notify the Company of such Special Record Date and, in
the name and at the expense of the Company, shall cause notice of the proposed
payment

                                      39
<PAGE>

of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor to be sent,
first-class mail, postage prepaid, to each Holder at such Holder's address as it
appears in the registration books of the Registrar, not less than ten calendar
days prior to such Special Record Date. Notice of the proposed payment of such
Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor having been mailed as
aforesaid, such Defaulted Interest shall be paid to the Holders in whose names
the Notes are registered at the close of business on such Special Record Date
and shall no longer be payable pursuant to the following clause (b).

      (b) Alternatively, the Company may make payment of any Defaulted Interest
(including any interest on such Defaulted Interest) in any other lawful manner
not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the
Notes may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange,
if, after notice given by the Company to the Trustee of the proposed payment
pursuant to this clause (b), such manner of payment shall be deemed practicable
by the Trustee.

      Section 2.13 Additional Notes. The Company may, from time to time, subject
to compliance with any other applicable provisions of this Indenture, without
the consent of the Holders, create and issue pursuant to this Indenture
additional notes ("Additional Notes") having terms and conditions set forth in
Exhibit A identical to those of the other Outstanding Notes, except that
Additional Notes:

                  (i) may have a different issue date from other Outstanding
            Notes;

                  (ii) may have a different amount of interest payable on the
            first Interest Payment Date after issuance than is payable on other
            Outstanding Notes;

                  (iii) may have terms specified in the Additional Note Board
            Resolution or Additional Note Supplemental Indenture for such
            Additional Notes making appropriate adjustments to this Article II
            and Exhibit A (and related definitions) applicable to such
            Additional Notes in order to conform to and ensure compliance with
            the Securities Act (or other applicable securities laws) and any
            registration rights or similar agreement applicable to such
            Additional Notes, which are not adverse in any material respect to
            the Holder of any Outstanding Notes (other than such Additional
            Notes), provided, that no such adjustment shall cause such
            Additional Notes to constitute, as determined pursuant to an Opinion
            of Counsel, a different class of securities than the Issue Date
            Notes for U.S. federal income tax purposes except for Additional
            Notes that have a separate CUSIP number from other Outstanding Notes
            pending performance under a Registration Rights Agreement applicable
            thereto; and

                  (iv) may be entitled to additional interest as provided in
            Section 2.14 not applicable to other Outstanding Notes and may not
            be entitled to such additional interest applicable to other
            Outstanding Notes.

      Section 2.14 Additional Interest Under Registration Rights Agreements.
Under certain circumstances, the Company may be obligated to pay additional
interest to Holders, all as and to the extent set forth in the Issue Date
Registration Rights Agreement or any Registration Rights

                                      40
<PAGE>

Agreement applicable to Additional Notes. The terms thereof are hereby
incorporated herein by reference and such additional interest is deemed to be
interest for purposes of this Indenture.

                                  ARTICLE III
                                   COVENANTS

Section 3.1 Payment of Notes.

      (a) The Company shall pay the principal of and interest (including
Defaulted Interest) on the Notes in U.S. Legal Tender on the dates and in the
manner provided in the Notes and in this Indenture. Subject to the provisions of
Section 2.12, prior to 10:00 a.m. New York City time on each Interest Payment
Date and the Maturity Date, the Company shall deposit with the Paying Agent in
immediately available funds U.S. Legal Tender sufficient to make cash payments
due on such Interest Payment Date or Maturity Date, as the case may be. If the
Company, a Note Guarantor or an Affiliate of the Company or a Note Guarantor is
acting as Paying Agent, the Company, such Note Guarantor or such Affiliate
shall, prior to 10:00 a.m. New York City time on each Interest Payment Date and
the Maturity Date, segregate and hold in trust U.S. Legal Tender sufficient to
make cash payments due on such Interest Payment Date or Maturity Date, as the
case may be. Principal and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if
on such date the Trustee or the Paying Agent (other than the Company, a Note
Guarantor or an Affiliate of the Company or a Note Guarantor) holds in
accordance with this Indenture U.S. Legal Tender designated for and sufficient
to pay all principal and interest then due and the Trustee or the Paying Agent,
as the case may be, is not prohibited from paying such money to the Holders on
that date pursuant to the terms of this Indenture.

      (b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Indenture,
the Company may, to the extent it is required to do so by law, deduct or
withhold income or other similar taxes imposed by the United States of America
from principal or interest payments hereunder.

Section 3.2 Maintenance of Office or Agency.

      (a) The Company shall maintain each office or agency required under
Section 2.3. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any
change in the location of any such office or agency. If at any time the Company
shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to
furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders,
notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the
Trustee, and the Company hereby appoints the Trustee as its agent to receive all
such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands.

      (b) The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other
offices or agencies (in or outside of The City of New York) where the Notes may
be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to
time rescind any such designation; provided, however, that no such designation
or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to
maintain an office or agency in The City of New York for such purposes. The
Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation
or rescission and any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

                                      41
<PAGE>

      Section 3.3 Corporate Existence. Subject to Article IV, the Company will
do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force
and effect its corporate existence.

      Section 3.4 Payment of Taxes and Other Claims. The Company will pay or
discharge or cause to be paid or discharged, before the same shall become
delinquent, (i) all material taxes, assessments and governmental charges levied
or imposed upon the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or for which it or any
of them are otherwise liable, or upon the income, profits or property of the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and (ii) all lawful claims for labor,
materials and supplies, which, if unpaid, might by law become a liability or
Lien upon the property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided,
however, that the Company shall not be required to pay or discharge or cause to
be paid or discharged any such tax, assessment, charge or claim whose amount,
applicability or validity is being contested in good faith by appropriate
proceedings and for which appropriate reserves, if necessary (in the good faith
judgment of management of the Company), are being maintained in accordance with
GAAP or where the failure to effect such payment will not be disadvantageous to
the Holders.

      Section 3.5 Compliance Certificate. (a) The Company and each Note
Guarantor shall deliver to the Trustee within 90 days after the end of each
fiscal year of the Company an Officers' Certificate, one of the signers of which
is the chief executive, chief financial or chief accounting officer of the
Company, that complies with TIA Section 314(a)(4), stating that in the course of
the performance by the signers of their duties as Officers of the Company or the
Note Guarantor they would normally have knowledge of any Default or Event of
Default and whether or not the signers know of any Default or Event of Default
that occurred during such period. If they do, the certificate shall describe the
Default or Event of Default, its status and what action the Company or such Note
Guarantor is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

      (b) So long as not contrary to the then current generally applicable
recommendations of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (or
any successor organization) or to the generally applicable policies of the
Company's independent accountants, the annual Officers' Certificate delivered
pursuant to this Section 3.5 to the Trustee shall be accompanied by a written
report of the Company's independent accountants (who shall be a firm of
established national reputation) that in conducting their audit of the financial
statements of the Company for the most recent fiscal year nothing has come to
their attention that would lead them to believe that a Default or Event of
Default under this Indenture has occurred insofar as they relate to accounting
matters or, if any such violation has occurred, specifying the nature and period
of existence thereof, it being understood that such accountants shall not be
liable directly or indirectly to any Person for any failure to obtain knowledge
of any such violation that would not be disclosed in the course of an audit
examination conducted in accordance with GAAP.

      Section 3.6 Further Instruments and Acts. The Company and each Note
Guarantor will execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further
acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper or as the Trustee may reasonably
request to carry out more effectively the purpose of this Indenture.

      Section 3.7 Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws. The Company and each
Note Guarantor covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will
not at any time insist

                                      42
<PAGE>

upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage
of, any stay or extension law or any usury law or other law that would prohibit
or forgive the Company or such Note Guarantor from paying all or any portion of
the principal of or interest on the Notes as contemplated herein, wherever
enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, or which may affect the
covenants or the performance of this Indenture. The Company and each Note
Guarantor hereby expressly waives (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) all
benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants (to the extent that it may
lawfully do so) that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any
power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of
every such power as though no such law had been enacted.

      Section 3.8 Change of Control.

      (a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each Holder will have the
right to require that the Company purchase all or a portion (in integral
multiples of $1,000) of the Holder's Notes at a purchase price equal to one
hundred one percent (101%) of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and
unpaid interest thereon through the date of purchase (the "Change of Control
Payment").

      (b) Within 20 days following the date upon which the Change of Control
occurred, the Company must send, by first-class mail, a Change of Control Offer
Notice to each Holder, with a copy to the Trustee, offering to purchase the
Notes as described above (a "Change of Control Offer"). The Change of Control
Offer Notice shall state, among other things, the purchase date, which must be
no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date the notice is
mailed, other than as may be required by law (the "Change of Control Payment
Date").

      (c) On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company will, to the extent
lawful:

            (1) accept for payment all Notes or portions thereof properly
      tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;

            (2) deposit with the Paying Agent funds in an amount equal to the
      Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so
      tendered; and

            (3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes so
      accepted together with an Officers' Certificate stating the aggregate
      principal amount of Notes or portions thereof being purchased by the
      Company.

      (d) If only a portion of a Note is purchased pursuant to a Change of
Control Offer, a new Note in a principal amount equal to the portion thereof not
purchased will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of
the original Note (or appropriate adjustments to the amount and beneficial
interests in a Global Note will be made, as appropriate). Notes (or portions
thereof) purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be cancelled and
cannot be reissued.

      (e) Holders will not be entitled to require the Company to purchase their
Notes in the event of a takeover, recapitalization, leveraged buyout or similar
transaction which is not a Change of Control.

                                      43
<PAGE>

      (f) The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the
Exchange Act and any other applicable securities laws and regulations in
connection with the purchase of Notes in connection with a Change of Control
Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations
conflict with this Section 3.8, the Company will comply with the applicable
securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its
obligations under this Indenture by doing so.

      (g) The Company is not required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a
Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the
manner, at the time and otherwise in compliance with the requirements in this
Section 3.8 made by the Company and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not
withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer.

      Section 3.9 Limitation on Incurrence of Additional Indebtedness.

      (a) The Company will not, and will not cause or permit any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, Incur any Indebtedness,
including Acquired Indebtedness, or permit any Restricted Subsidiary that is not
a Note Guarantor to Incur Preferred Stock, except that the Company and any Note
Guarantor may Incur Indebtedness, including Acquired Indebtedness if, at the
time of and immediately after giving pro forma effect to the Incurrence thereof
and the application of the proceeds therefrom, no Default or Event of Default
shall have occurred and be continuing and the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage
Ratio of the Company is greater than 2.0 to 1.0.

      (b) Notwithstanding Section 3.9(a), the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries may Incur Permitted Indebtedness as provided in the definition
thereof.

      (c) For purposes of determining compliance with, and the outstanding
principal amount of, any particular Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to and in
compliance with this covenant, the amount of Indebtedness issued at a price that
is less than the principal amount thereof will be equal to the amount of the
liability in respect thereof determined in accordance with GAAP. Accrual of
interest, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount, the payment
of regularly scheduled interest in the form of additional Indebtedness of the
same instrument or the payment of regularly scheduled dividends on Disqualified
Capital Stock or Preferred Stock in the form of additional Disqualified Capital
Stock or Preferred Stock with the same terms will not be deemed to be an
Incurrence of Indebtedness or Preferred Stock for purposes of this covenant.

      Section 3.10 Limitation on Restricted Payments.

      (a) The Company will not, and will not cause or permit any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, take any of the following
actions (each, a "Restricted Payment"):

            (1) declare or pay any dividend or return of capital or make any
      distribution on or in respect of shares of Capital Stock of the Company or
      any Restricted Subsidiary to holders of such Capital Stock, other than:

                                      44
<PAGE>

                  (i)   dividends or distributions payable in Qualified Capital
                        Stock of the Company, or

                  (ii)  dividends or distributions payable to the Company and/or
                        a Restricted Subsidiary;

            (2) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value any
      Capital Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, or any direct
      or indirect parent of the Company, other than Capital Stock held by the
      Company or another Restricted Subsidiary;

            (3) make any principal payment on, purchase, defease, redeem,
      prepay, decrease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, prior to any
      scheduled final maturity, scheduled repayment or scheduled sinking fund
      payment, as the case may be, any Subordinated Indebtedness; or

            (4) make any Investment (other than Permitted Investments);

if at the time of the Restricted Payment and immediately after giving effect
thereto:

            (A) a Default or an Event of Default shall have occurred and be
      continuing;

            (B) the Company is not able to Incur at least $1.00 of additional
      Indebtedness pursuant to Section 3.9(a); or

            (C) the aggregate amount (the amount expended for these purposes, if
      other than in cash, being the Fair Market Value of the relevant property)
      of Restricted Payments, including the proposed Restricted Payment, made
      subsequent to the Issue Date up to the date thereof, less any Investment
      Return calculated as of the date thereof, shall exceed the sum of:

                  (i) fifty percent (50%) of cumulative Consolidated Net Income
            or, if cumulative Consolidated Net Income is a loss, minus one
            hundred percent (100%) of the loss, accrued during the period,
            treated as one accounting period, beginning on the first full fiscal
            quarter after the Issue Date to the end of the most recent fiscal
            quarter for which consolidated financial information of the Company
            is available;

           plus

                  (ii) one hundred percent (100%) of the aggregate net cash
            proceeds received by the Company from any Person from any:

            (x)   (a) contribution to the equity capital of the Company not
                  representing an interest in Disqualified Capital Stock or (b)
                  issuance and sale of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company,
                  in each case, subsequent to the Issue Date, or

                                      45
<PAGE>

            (y)   issuance and sale subsequent to the Issue Date (and, in the
                  case of Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary, at such time
                  as it was a Restricted Subsidiary) of any Indebtedness for
                  borrowed money of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary
                  that has been converted into or exchanged for Qualified
                  Capital Stock of the Company,

            excluding, in each case, any net cash proceeds:

            (1)   received from a Subsidiary of the Company,

            (2)   used to redeem Notes pursuant to paragraph 5 of the Form of
      Reverse Side of Note contained in Exhibit A, or

            (3)   applied in accordance with Section 3.10(b)(2).

      (b)   Notwithstanding the preceding Section 3.10(a), this covenant does
not prohibit:

            (1)   the payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date of
      declaration of such dividend if the dividend would have been permitted on
      the date of declaration;

            (2)   if no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be
      continuing, the acquisition of any shares of Capital Stock of the Company,

                  (i)   in exchange for Qualified Capital Stock of the Company
                        or

                  (ii)  through the application of the net cash proceeds
            received by the Company from a substantially concurrent sale of
            Qualified Capital Stock of the Company or a contribution to the
            equity capital of the Company not representing an interest in
            Disqualified Capital Stock, in each case not received from a
            Subsidiary of the Company;

provided, that the value of any such Qualified Capital Stock issued in exchange
for such acquired Capital Stock and any such net cash proceeds shall be excluded
from Section 3.10(a)(C)(ii) (and were not included therein at any time);

            (3)   if no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be
      continuing, the voluntary prepayment, purchase, defeasance, redemption or
      other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Indebtedness
      solely in exchange for, or through the application of net cash proceeds of
      a substantially concurrent sale, other than to a Subsidiary of the
      Company, of:

                  (i)   Qualified Capital Stock of the Company or

                  (ii)  Refinancing Indebtedness for such Subordinated
                        Indebtedness;

provided, that the value of any Qualified Capital Stock issued in exchange for
Subordinated Indebtedness and any net cash proceeds referred to above shall be
excluded from Section 3.10(a)(C)(ii) (and were not included therein at any
time);

                                      46
<PAGE>

            (4)   if no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be
      continuing, repurchases by the Company of Common Stock of the Company or
      options, warrants or other securities exercisable or convertible into
      Common Stock of the Company from employees or directors of the Company or
      any of its Subsidiaries or their authorized representatives upon the
      death, disability or termination of employment or directorship of the
      employees or directors, in an aggregate amount not to exceed $1.0 million
      in any calendar year and $2.5 million in the aggregate;

            (5)   with respect to any period after June 30, 2004, so long as the
      Company qualifies as an S corporation within the meaning of Section 1361
      of the Code, distributions to shareholders of the Company in an amount not
      to exceed the Tax Amount for such period;

            (6)   the distribution in the aggregate amount of $13.825 million to
      be made to shareholders in connection with the sale of the Issue Date
      Notes; and

            (7)   if no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be
      continuing, Restricted Payments not to exceed $5.0 million.

      (c)   In determining the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made
subsequent to the Issue Date, amounts expended pursuant to Section 3.10(b)(1)
(without duplication for the declaration of the relevant dividend), (4), and (7)
shall be included in such calculation, and amounts expended pursuant to Section
3.10(b)(2), (3), (5), and (6) shall not be included in such calculation.

      Not later than the date of making any Restricted Payment, the Company
shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate stating that such
Restricted Payment complies with the Indenture and setting forth in reasonable
detail the basis upon which the required calculations were computed, which
calculations may be based upon the Company's latest available internal quarterly
financial statements.

      Section 3.11 Limitation on Asset Sales.

      (a)   The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless:

            (1)   the Company or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary, as the
case may be, receives consideration at the time of the Asset Sale at least equal
to the Fair Market Value of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of, and

            (2)   at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the consideration
received for the assets sold by the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the
case may be, in the Asset Sale shall be in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents
received at the time of such Asset Sale.

      (b)   The Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, may
apply the Net Cash Proceeds of any such Asset Sale within 360 days thereof to:

                                      47
<PAGE>

            (1)   repay secured Indebtedness and Indebtedness under the Bank
      Credit Facility and, if the Indebtedness repaid is revolving credit
      Indebtedness, permanently reduce the commitments with respect thereto
      without Refinancing, or

            (2)   purchase:

                  (i) property, plant or equipment or other long-lived tangible
            assets to be used by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in a
            Permitted Business, or

                  (ii) Capital Stock of a Person engaged solely in a Permitted
            Business that will become, upon purchase, a Restricted Subsidiary
            (collectively, "Replacement Assets")

      from a Person other than the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

      (c)   To the extent all or a portion of the Net Cash Proceeds of any Asset
Sale are not applied within the 360 days of the Asset Sale as described in
Section 3.11(b)(1) or (2), the Company will make an offer to purchase Notes (the
"Asset Sale Offer"), at a purchase price equal to one hundred percent (100%) of
the principal amount of the Notes to be purchased, plus accrued and unpaid
interest thereon, to the date of purchase (the "Asset Sale Offer Amount").
Pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer, the Company shall purchase from all tendering
Holders on a pro rata basis, and, at the Company's option, on a pro rata basis
with the holders of any other Indebtedness that is not, by its terms, expressly
subordinated in right of payments to the Notes and the terms of which require an
offer to purchase such other Indebtedness to be made with the proceeds from the
sale of assets ("Pari Passu Debt"), that principal amount (or accreted value in
the case of Indebtedness issued with original issue discount) of Notes and Pari
Passu Debt to be purchased equal to such unapplied Net Cash Proceeds.

      (d)   Within 20 days following the 360th day following the date upon which
the Asset Sale occurred, the Company must send, by first-class mail, a notice to
the record Holders as shown on the Note Register on such 360th day, with a copy
to the Trustee, offering to purchase the Notes as described in Section 3.11(c).
The Asset Sale Offer shall state, among other things, the purchase date, which
must be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date the notice
is mailed, other than as may be required by law (the "Asset Sale Offer Payment
Date"). Upon receiving an Asset Sale Offer, Holders may elect to tender their
Notes in whole or in part in integral multiples of $1,000 in exchange for cash.
The Company may, however, defer an Asset Sale Offer until there is an aggregate
amount of unapplied Net Cash Proceeds from one or more Asset Sales equal to or
in excess of $5.0 million. At that time, the entire amount of unapplied Net Cash
Proceeds, and not just the amount in excess of $5.0 million, shall be applied as
required pursuant to this covenant. Pending application in accordance with this
covenant, Net Cash Proceeds shall be applied to temporarily reduce revolving
credit borrowings which can be reborrowed or invested in Cash Equivalents.

      (e)   On the Asset Sale Offer Payment Date, the Company will, to the
extent lawful:

            (1) accept for payment all Notes or portions thereof properly
      tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer;

                                      48
<PAGE>

            (2) deposit with the Paying Agent funds in an amount equal to the
      Asset Sale Offer Amount in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so
      tendered; and

            (3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes so
      accepted together with an Officers' Certificate stating the aggregate
      principal amount of Notes or portions thereof being purchased by the
      Company.

      (f) To the extent Holders of Notes and holders of other Pari Passu Debt,
if any, which are the subject of an Asset Sale Offer properly tender Notes or
the other Pari Passu Debt in an aggregate amount exceeding the amount of
unapplied Net Cash Proceeds, the Company will purchase the Notes and the other
Pari Passu Debt on a pro rata basis (based on amounts tendered). If only a
portion of a Note is purchased pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer, a new Note in a
principal amount equal to the portion thereof not purchased will be issued in
the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note (or
appropriate adjustments to the amount and beneficial interests in a Global Note
will be made, as appropriate). Notes (or portions thereof) purchased pursuant to
an Asset Sale Offer will be cancelled and cannot be reissued.

      (g) The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the
Exchange Act and any other applicable securities laws in connection with the
purchase of Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the
provisions of any applicable securities laws or regulations conflict with this
Section 3.11, the Company shall comply with these laws and regulations and shall
not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 3.11 of the
Indenture by doing so.

      (h) Upon completion of an Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Net Cash
Proceeds will be reset at zero. Accordingly, to the extent that the aggregate
amount of Notes and other Indebtedness tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer
is less than the aggregate amount of unapplied Net Cash Proceeds, the Company
may use any remaining Net Cash Proceeds for general corporate purposes of the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

      (i) In the event of the transfer of substantially all (but not all) of the
property and assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as an
entirety to a Person in a transaction permitted under Section 4.1, the Successor
Entity shall be deemed to have sold the properties and assets of the Company and
its Restricted Subsidiaries not so transferred for purposes of this covenant,
and shall comply with the provisions of this covenant with respect to the deemed
sale as if it were an Asset Sale. In addition, the Fair Market Value of
properties and assets of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries so deemed to
be sold shall be deemed to be Net Cash Proceeds for purposes of this covenant.

      (j) If at any time any non-cash consideration received by the Company or
any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, in connection with any Asset Sale
is converted into or sold or otherwise disposed of for cash (other than interest
received with respect to any non-cash consideration), the conversion or
disposition shall be deemed to constitute an Asset Sale hereunder and the Net
Cash Proceeds thereof shall be applied in accordance with this covenant within
360 days of conversion or disposition.

                                      49
<PAGE>

      Section 3.12 Limitation on Ownership and Sale of Capital Stock of
Restricted Subsidiaries.

      (a) The Company will not permit any Person other than the Company or
another Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, own or control any
Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary, except for:

            (1) directors' qualifying shares;

            (2) the sale of one hundred percent (100%) of the shares of the
      Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary held by the Company and its
      Restricted Subsidiaries to any Person other than the Company or another
      Restricted Subsidiary effected in accordance with, as applicable, Section
      3.11 and Section 4.1; and

            (3) in the case of a Restricted Subsidiary other than a Wholly Owned
      Restricted Subsidiary, the issuance by that Restricted Subsidiary of
      Capital Stock on a pro rata basis to the Company and its Restricted
      Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and minority shareholders of the Restricted
      Subsidiary, on the other hand (or on less than a pro rata basis to any
      minority shareholder if the minority shareholder does not acquire its pro
      rata amount).

      Section 3.13 Limitation on Designation of Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

      (a) The Company may designate after the Issue Date any Subsidiary of the
Company as an "Unrestricted Subsidiary" under this Section 3.13 (a
"Designation") only if:

            (1) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be
      continuing at the time of or after giving effect to such Designation and
      any transactions between the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
      and such Unrestricted Subsidiary are in compliance with Section 3.16;

            (2) at the time of and after giving effect to such Designation, the
      Company could Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section
      3.9(a); and

            (3) the Company would be permitted to make an Investment at the time
      of Designation (assuming the effectiveness of such Designation and
      treating such Designation as an Investment at the time of Designation)
      pursuant to Section 3.10(a) (other than a Permitted Investment) in an
      amount (the "Designation Amount") equal to the amount of the Company's
      Investment in such Subsidiary on such date.

      (b) Neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary will at any time:

      (1) provide credit support for, subject any of its property or assets
(other than the Capital Stock of any Unrestricted Subsidiary) to the
satisfaction of, or guarantee, any Indebtedness of any Unrestricted Subsidiary
(including any undertaking, agreement or instrument evidencing such
Indebtedness);

                                      50
<PAGE>

            (2) be directly or indirectly liable for any Indebtedness of any
      Unrestricted Subsidiary; or

            (3) be directly or indirectly liable for any Indebtedness which
      provides that the holder thereof may (upon notice, lapse of time or both)
      declare a default thereon or cause the payment thereof to be accelerated
      or payable prior to its final scheduled maturity upon the occurrence of a
      default with respect to any Indebtedness of any Unrestricted Subsidiary,
      except for any non-recourse guarantee given solely to support the pledge
      by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Capital Stock of any
      Unrestricted Subsidiary,

      except:

      (a) in the case of Section 3.13(b) (1) or (2), to the extent treated and
permitted as a Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment in accordance with
Section 3.10 and as an Incurrence of Indebtedness permitted under Section 3.9,
and

      (b) in the case of Section 3.13(b)(3), to the extent that the ability to
declare a default or accelerate the payment, is limited to a default on the
obligation or instrument of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary treated as a
Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment and Incurrence of Indebtedness in
accordance with clause (a) above.

      (c) The Company may revoke any Designation of a Subsidiary as an
Unrestricted Subsidiary (a "Revocation") only if:

            (1) No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be
      continuing at the time of and after giving effect to such Revocation; and

            (2) all Liens and Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary
      outstanding immediately following such Revocation would, if Incurred at
      such time, have been permitted to be Incurred for all purposes of the
      Indenture.

      (d) The Designation of a Subsidiary of the Company as an Unrestricted
Subsidiary shall be deemed to include the Designation of all of the Subsidiaries
of such Subsidiary. All Designations and Revocations must be evidenced by a
Board Resolution delivered to the Trustee certifying compliance with the
preceding provisions.

      Section 3.14 Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions
Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries.

      (a) Except as provided in Section 3.14(b), the Company will not, and will
not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or
indirectly, create or otherwise cause or permit to exist or become effective any
encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:

            (1) pay dividends or make any other distributions on or in respect
      of its Capital Stock to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary or
      pay any Indebtedness owed to the Company or any other Restricted
      Subsidiary;

                                      51
<PAGE>

            (2) make loans or advances to, or Guarantee any Indebtedness or
      other obligations of, or make any Investment in, the Company or any other
      Restricted Subsidiary; or

            (3) transfer any of its property or assets to the Company or any
      other Restricted Subsidiary.

      (b)   Section 3.14(a) will not apply to encumbrances or restrictions
existing under or by reason of:

            (1) applicable law;

            (2) the Indenture;

            (3) the Bank Credit Facility as in effect on the Issue Date, and any
      amendments, restatements, renewals, replacements or refinancings thereof;
      provided, that any amendment, restatement, renewal, replacement or
      refinancing is not more restrictive with respect to such encumbrances or
      restrictions than those in existence on the Issue Date;

            (4) customary non-assignment provisions of any contract and
      customary provisions restricting assignment or subletting in any lease
      governing a leasehold interest of any Restricted Subsidiary, or any
      customary restriction on the ability of a Restricted Subsidiary to
      dividend, distribute or otherwise transfer any asset which secures
      Indebtedness secured by a Lien, in each case permitted to be Incurred
      under this Indenture;

            (5) any instrument governing Acquired Indebtedness not Incurred in
      connection with, or in anticipation or contemplation of, the relevant
      acquisition, merger or consolidation, which encumbrance or restriction is
      not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person,
      other than the Person or the properties or assets of the Person so
      acquired;

            (6) restrictions with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary of the
      Company imposed pursuant to a binding agreement which has been entered
      into for the sale or disposition of Capital Stock or assets of such
      Restricted Subsidiary; provided, that such restrictions apply solely to
      the Capital Stock or assets of such Restricted Subsidiary being sold;

            (7) customary restrictions imposed on the transfer of copyrighted or
      patented materials; or

            (8) an agreement governing Indebtedness Incurred to Refinance the
      Indebtedness issued, assumed or Incurred pursuant to an agreement referred
      to in Section 3.14(b)(5); provided, that such Refinancing agreement is not
      more restrictive with respect to such encumbrances or restrictions than
      those contained in the agreement referred to in such clause (5).

                                      52
<PAGE>

      Section 3.15 Limitation on Liens.

      (a)   The Company will not, and will not cause or permit any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, incur any Liens of any kind
(except for Permitted Liens) against or upon any of their respective properties
or assets, whether owned on the Issue Date or acquired after the Issue Date, or
any proceeds therefrom, unless contemporaneously therewith effective provision
is made:

            (1)   in the case of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary other
      than a Note Guarantor, to secure the Notes and all other amounts due under
      this Indenture; and

            (2)   in the case of a Note Guarantor, to secure such Note
      Guarantor's Note Guarantee of the Notes and all other amounts due under
      this Indenture;

in each case, equally and ratably with such Indebtedness (or, in the event that
such Indebtedness is Subordinated Indebtedness, prior to such Indebtedness) with
a Lien on the same properties and assets securing such Indebtedness for so long
as such Indebtedness is secured by such Lien.

      Section 3.16 Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates.

      (a)   The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into any transaction or series of
related transactions (including, without limitation, the purchase, sale, lease
or exchange of any property or the rendering of any service) with, or for the
benefit of, any of its Affiliates (each an "Affiliate Transaction"), unless:

            (1)   the terms of such Affiliate Transaction are no less favorable
      than those that could reasonably be expected to be obtained in a
      comparable transaction at such time on an arm's-length basis from a Person
      that is not an Affiliate of the Company;

            (2)   in the event that such Affiliate Transaction involves
      aggregate payments, or transfers of property or services with a Fair
      Market Value in excess of $2.0 million, the terms of such Affiliate
      Transaction shall be approved by a majority of the members of the Board of
      Directors of the Company (including a majority of the disinterested
      members thereof), the approval to be evidenced by a Board Resolution
      stating that the Board of Directors has determined that such transaction
      complies with the preceding provisions; and

            (3)   in the event that such Affiliate Transaction involves
      aggregate payments, or transfers of property or services with a Fair
      Market Value, in excess of $5.0 million, the Company shall, prior to the
      consummation thereof, obtain a favorable opinion as to the fairness of
      such Affiliate Transaction to the Company and the relevant Restricted
      Subsidiary (if any) from a financial point of view from an Independent
      Financial Advisor and file the same with the Trustee.

      (b)   Section 3.16(a) above shall not apply to:

            (1)   transactions with or among the Company and any Wholly Owned
      Restricted Subsidiary or between or among Wholly Owned Restricted
      Subsidiaries;

                                       53
<PAGE>

            (2)   reasonable fees and compensation paid to, and any indemnity
      provided on behalf of, officers, directors, employees, consultants or
      agents of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary as determined in good
      faith by the Company's Board of Directors;

            (3)   any transactions undertaken pursuant to any contractual
      obligations or rights in existence on the Issue Date as in effect on the
      Issue Date; and

            (4)   any Restricted Payments made in cash or any payments made with
      Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Capital Stock) in
      compliance with Section 3.10.

      (c)   Notwithstanding Section 3.16(b) above, payments pursuant to
consulting or similar arrangements with a director of the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries shall not exceed an aggregate of $250,000 per annum for
any such director unless such payment (i) complies with Section 3.16(a)(1), and
(ii) has been approved by an Independent Director.

      Not later than the date of entering into any Affiliate Transaction, the
Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate certifying that
such Affiliate Transaction complies with Section 3.16(a)(1) above.

      Section 3.17 Conduct of Business.

      The Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries will not engage in any
businesses other than a Permitted Business.

      Section 3.18 Reports to Holders.

      (a)   Notwithstanding that the Company may not be subject to the reporting
requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, so long as any Notes
remain Outstanding, the Company will:

            (1) provide the Trustee and the Holders with, and make available to
      others upon request, the annual reports and information, documents and
      other reports as are specified in Sections 13 and 15(d) of the Exchange
      Act and applicable to a U.S. corporation subject to such Sections within
      15 days after the times specified for the filing of the information,
      documents and reports under such Sections; and

            (2) file with the SEC, to the extent permitted, the information,
      documents and reports referred to in Section 3.18(a)(1) within the periods
      specified for such filings under the Exchange Act (whether or not
      applicable to the Company).

      (b)   In addition, at any time when the Company is not subject to or is
not current in its reporting obligations under Section 3.18(a)(2), the Company
will make available, upon request, to any holder and any prospective purchaser
of Notes the information required pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the
Securities Act.

      Section 3.19 Limitation of Sale and Leaseback Transaction.

                                       54
<PAGE>

      (a)   The Company will not, and will not cause or permit any Restricted
Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, enter into any Sale and Leaseback
Transaction; provided, that the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may enter
into a Sale and Leaseback Transaction if:

            (1) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary could have Incurred
      Indebtedness in the amount of the Attributable Indebtedness of such Sale
      and Leaseback Transaction pursuant to Section 3.9;

            (2) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary could have Incurred a
      Lien to secure the Attributable Indebtedness of such Sale and Leaseback
      Transaction without equally and ratably securing the Notes or the
      Guarantees pursuant to Section 3.15;

            (3) the net proceeds received by the Company or such Restricted
      Subsidiary from such Sale and Leaseback Transaction are at least equal to
      the Fair Market Value of the related assets; and

            (4) the Company applies the proceeds of such Sale and Leaseback
      Transaction in compliance with Section 3.11.

      Section 3.20 Independent Directors.

      (a)   The Company will, at all times beginning 180 days after the date
of this Indenture, have at least one Independent Director, other than during one
or more periods not in any one case to exceed 90 consecutive days due to the
Independent Director's death, disability, resignation or retirement.

      Section 3.21 Payments for Consent.

      (a)   Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries will, directly or
indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration, whether by way of
interest, fee or otherwise, to any Holder of any Notes for or as an inducement
to any consent, waiver or amendment of any terms or provisions of the Notes,
unless the consideration is offered to be paid or agreed to be paid to all
Holders of the Notes which so consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame
set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or
agreement.

                                   ARTICLE IV
                                SUCCESSOR ENTITY

      Section 4.1 Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets.

      (a)   The Company will not, in a single transaction or series of related
transactions, consolidate or merge with or into any Person (whether or not the
Company is the surviving or continuing Person), or sell, assign, transfer,
lease, convey or otherwise dispose of (or cause or permit any Restricted
Subsidiary to sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of) all
or substantially all of the Company's properties and assets (determined on a
consolidated basis for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries), to any
Person unless:

            (1) either:

                                       55
<PAGE>

            (i) the Company shall be the surviving or continuing corporation, or

            (ii) the Person (if other than the Company) formed by such
      consolidation or into which the Company is merged or the Person which
      acquires by sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other
      disposition the properties and assets of the Company and of the Company's
      Restricted Subsidiaries substantially as an entirety (the "Successor
      Entity"):

                  (x)   shall be a corporation organized and validly existing
                        under the laws of the United States or any State thereof
                        or the District of Columbia, and

                  (y)   shall expressly assume, by supplemental indenture (in
                        form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the
                        Trustee), executed and delivered to the Trustee, the due
                        and punctual payment of the principal of, and premium,
                        if any, and interest on all of the Notes and the
                        performance and observance of every covenant of the
                        Notes, the Indenture and the Issue Date Registration
                        Rights Agreement on the part of the Company to be
                        performed or observed;

      (2)   immediately after giving effect to such transaction and the
assumption contemplated by Section 4.1(a)(1)(ii)(y) (including, without
limitation, giving effect on a pro forma basis to any Indebtedness, including
any Acquired Indebtedness, Incurred or anticipated to be Incurred in connection
with or in respect of such transaction), the Company or such Successor Entity,
as the case may be:

            (i) shall have a Consolidated Net Worth equal to or greater than the
      Consolidated Net Worth of the Company immediately prior to such
      transaction, and

            (ii) shall be able to Incur at least $1.00 of additional
      Indebtedness pursuant to Section 3.9(a);

      (3)   immediately before and immediately after giving effect to such
transaction and the assumption contemplated by Section 4.1(a)(1)(ii)(y)
(including giving effect on a pro forma basis to any Indebtedness, including any
Acquired Indebtedness, Incurred or anticipated to be Incurred and any Lien
granted in connection with or in respect of the transaction), no Default or
Event of Default shall have occurred or be continuing;

      (4)   each Note Guarantor (including Persons that become Note Guarantors
as a result of the transaction) shall have confirmed by supplemental indenture
that its Note Guarantee shall apply for the Obligations of the Successor Entity
in respect of this Indenture and the Notes; and

      (5)   the Company or the Successor Entity shall have delivered to the
Trustee an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that
the consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or
other disposition and, if required

                                       56
<PAGE>

      in connection with such transaction, the supplemental indenture, comply
      with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and that all conditions
      precedent in this Indenture relating to the transaction have been
      satisfied.

For purposes of this covenant, the transfer (by lease, assignment, sale or
otherwise, in a single transaction or series of transactions) of all or
substantially all of the properties or assets of one or more Restricted
Subsidiaries of the Company, the Capital Stock of which constitutes all or
substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company shall be deemed to
be the transfer of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the
Company.

      (b)   Section 4.1(a)(2)(ii) shall not apply to:

            (1) any transfer of the properties or assets of a Restricted
      Subsidiary to the Company or to a Note Guarantor;

            (2) any merger of a Restricted Subsidiary into the Company or a Note
      Guarantor;

            (3) any merger of the Company into a Wholly Owned Restricted
      Subsidiary created for the purpose of holding the Capital Stock of the
      Company;

            (4) a merger between the Company and a newly-created Affiliate
      incorporated solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Company in
      another State of the United States,

      so long as, in each case the Indebtedness of the Company and its
      Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby.

      (c)   Upon any consolidation, combination or merger or any transfer of
all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with this covenant, in which the Company
is not the continuing corporation, the Successor Entity formed by such
consolidation or into which the Company is merged or to which such conveyance,
lease or transfer is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may
exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture and the
Notes with the same effect as if such Successor Entity had been named as such.
For the avoidance of doubt, compliance with this covenant shall not affect the
obligations of the Company (including a Successor Entity, if applicable) under
Section 3.8, if applicable.

      (d)   Each Note Guarantor will not, and the Company will not cause or
permit any Note Guarantor to, consolidate with or merge into, or sell or dispose
of all or substantially all of its assets to, any Person (other than the
Company) that is not a Note Guarantor unless:

            (1) such Person (if such Person is the surviving entity) assumes all
      of the obligations of such Note Guarantor in respect of its Note Guarantee
      by executing a supplemental indenture and providing the Trustee with an
      Officers' Certificate and Opinion of Counsel, and such transaction is
      otherwise in compliance with this Indenture;

            (2) such Note Guarantee is to be released as provided under Section
      10.2; or

                                       57
<PAGE>

            (3) such sale or other disposition of substantially all of such Note
      Guarantor's assets is made in accordance with Section 3.11.

                                    ARTICLE V
                          OPTIONAL REDEMPTION OF NOTES

      Section 5.1 Optional Redemption. The Company may redeem the Notes, at its
option, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, subject to the
conditions and at the redemption prices specified in paragraph 5 of the Form of
Reverse Side of Note contained in Exhibit A.

      Section 5.2 Election to Redeem. The Company shall evidence its election to
redeem any Notes pursuant to Section 5.1 by a Board Resolution.

      Section 5.3 Notice of Redemption.

      (a)   The Company shall give or cause the Trustee to give notice of
redemption, in the manner provided for in Section 11.2, by first-class mail,
postage prepaid, at least 30 but not more than 60 days prior to the Redemption
Date, to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at its registered address. If the
Company itself gives the notice, it shall also deliver a copy to the Trustee.

      (b)   If either (i) the Company is not redeeming all Outstanding Notes,
or (ii) the Company elects to have the Trustee give notice of redemption, then
the Company shall deliver to the Trustee, at least 45 days prior to the
Redemption Date (unless the Trustee is satisfied with a shorter period), an
Officers' Certificate requesting that the Trustee select the Notes to be
redeemed and/or give notice of redemption and setting forth the information
required by Section 5.3(c) (with the exception of the identification of the
particular Notes, or portions of the particular Notes, to be redeemed in the
case of a partial redemption). If the Company elects to have the Trustee give
notice of redemption, the Trustee shall give the notice in the name of the
Company and at the Company's expense.

      (c)   All notices of redemption shall state:

            (1) the Redemption Date,

            (2) the redemption price and the amount of any accrued interest
      payable as provided in Section 5.6,

            (3) whether or not the Company is redeeming all Outstanding Notes,

            (4) if the Company is not redeeming all Outstanding Notes, the
      aggregate principal amount of Notes that the Company is redeeming and the
      aggregate principal amount of Notes that will be Outstanding after the
      partial redemption, as well as the identification of the particular Notes,
      or portions of the particular Notes, that the Company is redeeming,

            (5) if the Company is redeeming only part of a Note, the notice that
      relates to that Note shall state that on and after the Redemption Date,
      upon surrender of that Note,

                                       58
<PAGE>

      the Holder will receive, without charge, a new Note or Notes of authorized
      denominations for the principal amount of the Note remaining unredeemed,

            (6) that on the Redemption Date the redemption price and any accrued
      interest payable to the Redemption Date as provided in Section 5.6 will
      become due and payable in respect of each Note, or the portion of each
      Note, to be redeemed, and, unless the Company defaults in making the
      redemption payment, that interest on each Note, or the portion of each
      Note, to be redeemed, will cease to accrue on and after the Redemption
      Date,

            (7) the place or places where a Holder must surrender the Holder's
      Notes for payment of the redemption price, and

            (8) the CUSIP or ISIN number, if any, listed in the notice or
      printed on the Notes, and that no representation is made as to the
      accuracy or correctness of such CUSIP or ISIN number.

      Section 5.4 Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed in Part.

      (a)   If the Company is not redeeming all Outstanding Notes, the
Trustee shall select the Notes to be redeemed in compliance with the
requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which the
Notes are listed or, if the Notes are not then listed on a national securities
exchange, on a pro rata basis, by lot or by any other method as the Trustee
shall deem fair and appropriate. If a partial redemption is made with the
proceeds of a Public Equity Offering, selection of the Notes or portions thereof
for redemption shall, subject to the preceding sentence, be made by the Trustee
only on a pro rata basis, or on as nearly a pro rata basis as is practicable
(subject to the procedures of DTC) unless the method is otherwise prohibited. No
Notes of a principal amount of $1,000 or less shall be redeemed in part and
Notes of a principal amount in excess of $1,000 may be redeemed in part in
multiples of $1,000 only.

      (b)   Notice of any redemption shall be mailed by first-class mail,
postage prepaid, at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the Redemption
Date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at its registered address. If Notes
are to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption shall state the
portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. A new Note in a
principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof (if any) will be issued
in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note (or
appropriate adjustments to the amount and beneficial interest in a Global Note
will be made, as appropriate).

      (c)   The Company will pay the redemption price for any Note together with
accrued and unpaid interest thereon through the Redemption Date. On and after
the Redemption Date, interest will cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof
called for redemption as long as the Company has deposited with the Paying Agent
funds in satisfaction of the applicable redemption price pursuant to this
Indenture.

      Section 5.5 Deposit of Redemption Price. Prior to 10:00 a.m. New York City
time on the relevant Redemption Date, the Company shall deposit with the Trustee
or with a Paying Agent (or, if the Company is acting as Paying Agent, segregate
and hold in trust as provided in

                                       59
<PAGE>

Section 2.4) an amount of money in immediately available funds sufficient to pay
the redemption price of, and accrued interest on, all the Notes that the Company
is redeeming on that date.

      Section 5.6 Notes Payable on Redemption Date. If the Company, or the
Trustee on behalf of the Company, gives notice of redemption in accordance with
this Article V, the Notes, or the portions of Notes, called for redemption,
shall, on the Redemption Date, become due and payable at the redemption price
specified in the notice (together with accrued interest, if any, to the
Redemption Date), and from and after the Redemption Date (unless the Company
shall default in the deposit of the redemption price and accrued interest
pursuant to Section 5.5) the Notes or the portions of Notes shall cease to bear
interest. Upon surrender of any Note for redemption in accordance with the
notice, the Company shall pay the Notes at the redemption price, together with
accrued interest, if any, to the Redemption Date (subject to the rights of
Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the
relevant Interest Payment Date). If the Company shall fail to pay any Note
called for redemption upon its surrender for redemption, the principal shall,
until paid, bear interest from the Redemption Date at the rate borne by the
Notes.

      Section 5.7 Unredeemed Portions of Partially Redeemed Note. Upon
cancellation of a Note that is to be redeemed in part, the Company shall
execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery to
the Holder of the Note at the expense of the Company, a new Note or Notes, of
any authorized denomination as requested by the Holder, in an aggregate
principal amount equal to, and in exchange for, the unredeemed portion of the
principal of the Note surrendered, provided that each new Note will be in a
principal amount of $1,000 or integral multiple of $1,000 (or appropriate
adjustments to the amount and beneficial interests in a Global Note will be
made, as appropriate).

                                   ARTICLE VI
                              DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

      Section 6.1 Events of Default.

      (a)   The following are "Events of Default":

            (1) default in the payment when due of the principal of or premium,
      if any, on any Notes, including the failure to make a required payment to
      purchase Notes tendered pursuant to an optional redemption, Change of
      Control Offer or an Asset Sale Offer;

            (2) default for 30 days or more in the payment when due of interest
      on any Notes (including liquidated damages payable under a Registration
      Rights Agreement);

            (3) the failure to perform or comply with any of the provisions
      described in Section 3.8, Section 3.11 or Section 4.1;

            (4) the failure by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to
      comply with any other covenant or agreement contained in the Indenture or
      in the Notes for 30 days or more after written notice to the Company from
      the Trustee or the Holders of at least twenty-five percent (25%) in
      aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes;

                                       60
<PAGE>

            (5) default by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary under any
      Indebtedness which:

            (a) is caused by a failure to pay principal of or premium, if any,
            or interest on such Indebtedness prior to the expiration of any
            applicable grace period provided in such Indebtedness on the date of
            such default; or

            (b) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its
            Stated Maturity;

      and the principal or accreted amount of Indebtedness covered by (a) or (b)
      at the relevant time aggregates $5.0 million or more;

            (6) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to
      pay one or more final judgments against any of them which are not covered
      by adequate insurance by a solvent insurer of national or international
      reputation which has acknowledged its obligations in writing, aggregating
      $5.0 million or more, which judgment(s) are not paid, discharged or stayed
      for a period of 60 days or more;

            (7) a Bankruptcy Law Event of Default; or

            (8) except as permitted by this Indenture, any Note Guarantee is
      held to be unenforceable or invalid in a judicial proceeding or ceases for
      any reason to be in full force and effect or any Note Guarantor, or any
      Person acting on behalf of any Note Guarantor, denies or disaffirms such
      Note Guarantor's obligations under its Note Guarantee.

The foregoing will constitute Events of Default whatever the reason for any such
Event of Default and whether it is voluntary or involuntary or is effected by
operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or
any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body.

      (b)   The Company shall deliver to the Trustee upon becoming aware of
any Default or Event of Default written notice in the form of an Officers'
Certificate of any Default or Event of Default, their status and what action the
Company proposes to take in respect thereof.

      Section 6.2 Acceleration.

      (a) If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in
Section 6.1(a)(7) with respect to the Company) shall occur and be continuing,
the Trustee or the Holders of at least twenty-five percent (25%) in principal
amount of Outstanding Notes may declare the unpaid principal of (and premium, if
any) and accrued and unpaid interest on all the Notes to be immediately due and
payable by notice in writing to the Company and the Trustee specifying the Event
of Default and that it is a "notice of acceleration." If an Event of Default
specified in Section 6.1(a)(7) occurs with respect to the Company, then the
unpaid principal of (and premium, if any) and accrued and unpaid interest on all
the Notes will become immediately due and payable without any declaration or
other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder.

                                       61
<PAGE>

      (b) At any time after a declaration of acceleration with respect to the
Notes as described in the preceding paragraph (a), the Holders of a majority in
principal amount of the Notes may rescind and cancel such declaration and its
consequences:

            (1) if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or
      decree;

            (2) if all existing Events of Default have been cured or waived,
      except nonpayment of principal or interest that has become due solely
      because of the acceleration;

            (3) to the extent the payment of such interest is lawful, interest
      on overdue installments of interest and overdue principal, which has
      become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration, has been
      paid; and

            (4) if the Company has paid the Trustee its reasonable compensation
      and reimbursed the Trustee for its reasonable expenses, disbursements and
      advances.

      No rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any rights
      relating thereto.

      Section 6.3 Other Remedies.

      (a) If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may
pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal of and interest
on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this
Indenture.

      (b) The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any
of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or
omission by the Trustee or any Holder in exercising any right or remedy accruing
upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a
waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. No remedy is exclusive of any
other remedy. All available remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by
law.

      Section 6.4 Waiver of Past Defaults.

      The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may waive any
existing Default or Event of Default under this Indenture, and its consequences,
except a default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or
interest on any Notes.

      Section 6.5 Control by Majority. The Holders of a majority in principal
amount of the Outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of
conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of
exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. Subject to Sections 7.1
and 7.2, however, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts
with law or this Indenture; provided, however, that the Trustee may take any
other action deemed proper by the Trustee that is not inconsistent with such
direction.

      Section 6.6 Limitation on Suits. No Holder of any Notes will have any
right to institute any proceeding with respect to this Indenture or for any
remedy hereunder, unless:

                                       62
<PAGE>

      (a) such Holder gives to the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event
of Default;

      (b) Holders of at least twenty-five percent (25%) in principal amount of
the then Outstanding Notes make a written request to pursue the remedy;

      (c) such Holders of the Notes provide to the Trustee indemnity
satisfactory to it;

      (d) the Trustee does not comply within 60 days; and

      (e) during such 60-day period the Holders of a majority in principal
amount of the Outstanding Notes do not give the Trustee a written direction
which, in the opinion of the Trustee, is inconsistent with the request;

provided, that a Holder of a Note may institute suit for enforcement of payment
of principal of and premium, if any, or interest on such Note on or after the
respective due dates expressed in such Note.

      Section 6.7 Rights of Holders to Receive Payment. Notwithstanding any
other provision of this Indenture (including Section 6.6), the right of any
Holder to receive payment of principal of or interest on the Notes held by such
Holder, on or after the respective due dates, Redemption Dates or repurchase
date expressed in this Indenture or the Notes, or to bring suit for the
enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be
impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.

      Section 6.8 Collection Suit by Trustee. If an Event of Default specified
in Section 6.1(a)(1) and (2) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover
judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company
and each Note Guarantor for the whole amount then due and owing (together with
applicable interest on any overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest
on overdue interest) and the amounts provided for in Section 7.7.

      Section 6.9 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim, etc.

      (a) The Trustee may (irrespective of whether the principal of the Notes is
then due):

                  (i) file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as
            may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the
            Trustee and the Holders under this Indenture and the Notes allowed
            in any bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation or other judicial
            proceedings relative to the Company, any Note Guarantor or any
            Subsidiary of the Company or their respective creditors or
            properties; and

                  (ii) collect and receive any moneys or other property payable
            or deliverable in respect of any such claims and distribute them in
            accordance with this Indenture.

      Any receiver, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator (or other similar
official) in any such proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make
such payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to
the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to

                                       63
<PAGE>

pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation,
expenses, taxes, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agent and
counsel, and any other amounts due to the Trustee pursuant to Section 7.7.

      (b) Nothing in this Indenture shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to
authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of
reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or
the rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect
of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

      Section 6.10 Priorities. If the Trustee collects any money or property
pursuant to this Article VI, it shall pay out the money or property in the
following order:

      FIRST: to the Trustee for amounts due under Section 7.7;

      SECOND: if the Holders proceed against the Company directly without the
Trustee in accordance with this Indenture, to Holders for their collection
costs;

      THIRD: to Holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal
and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to
the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal and interest,
respectively; and

      FOURTH: to the Company or, to the extent the Trustee collects any amount
pursuant to Article X from any Note Guarantor, to such Note Guarantor, or to
such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct.

The Trustee may, upon notice to the Company, fix a record date and payment date
for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section 6.10.

      Section 6.11 Undertaking for Costs. In any suit for the enforcement of any
right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any
action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require
the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs
of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs,
including reasonable attorneys' fees, against any party litigant in the suit,
having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by
the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a
suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.7 or a suit by Holders of more than ten
percent (10%) in principal amount of Outstanding Notes.

                                   ARTICLE VII
                                     TRUSTEE

      Section 7.1 Duties of Trustee.

      (a) If a Default or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing,
the Trustee shall exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture
and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent man
would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his own affairs.

      (b) Except during the continuance of a Default or an Event of Default:

                                       64
<PAGE>

            (1) the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such
      duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no implied
      covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the
      Trustee; and

            (2) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may
      conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness
      of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished
      to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture.
      However, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any
      provisions hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the
      Trustee, the Trustee shall examine such certificates and opinions to
      determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this
      Indenture.

      (c)   The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own negligent
action, its own negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct, except
that:

            (1) this paragraph (c) does not limit the effect of Section 7.1(b);

            (2) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made
      in good faith by a Responsible Officer unless it is proved that the
      Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

            (3) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it
      takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction
      received by it pursuant to Section 6.2, 6.4 or 6.5.

      (d)   The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money
received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company.

      (e)   Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from
other funds except to the extent required by law.

      (f)   No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to
expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur financial liability in the
performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of its
rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds to believe that repayment
of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not
reasonably assured to it.

      (g)   Every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or
affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be
subject to the provisions of this Article VII and to the provisions of the TIA.

      (h)   Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any
demand, request, direction or notice from the Company shall be sufficient if
signed by an Officer of the Company.

      (i)   The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the
rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request, order or
direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders shall have offered to the
Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against the costs,

                                       65
<PAGE>

expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses) and liabilities
that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.

      Section 7.2 Rights of Trustee. Subject to Section 7.1:

      (a) The Trustee may conclusively rely on any document reasonably believed
by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper person.
The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.

      (b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting at the direction of
the Company, it may require an Officers' Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel.
The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good
faith in reliance on an Officers' Certificate or Opinion of Counsel.

      (c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be
responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with due
care.

      (d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to
take in good faith which it believes to be authorized or within its rights or
powers; provided, however, that the Trustee's conduct does not constitute
willful misconduct or negligence.

      (e) The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection, and the advice
or opinion of counsel with respect to legal matters relating to this Indenture
and the Notes shall be full and complete authorization and protection from
liability with respect to any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder
in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel.

      (f) If the Trustee shall determine, it shall be entitled to examine the
books, records and premises of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney.

      (g) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event
of Default unless a Trust Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or
unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a default is received
by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice
references the Notes and this Indenture.

      (h) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to
the Trustee, including its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall
be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and to each
agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder.

      (i) The Trustee may request that the Company deliver an Officers'
Certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers
authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture,
which Officers' Certificate may be signed by any person authorized to sign an
Officers' Certificate, including any person specified as so authorized in any
such certificate previously delivered and not superseded.

      Section 7.3 Individual Rights of Trustee. The Trustee in its individual or
any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise
deal with the Company,

                                       66
<PAGE>

the Note Guarantors or any of their Affiliates with the same rights it would
have if it were not Trustee. Any Paying Agent, Registrar or co-Registrar may do
the same with like rights. However, the Trustee must comply with Sections 7.10
and 7.11.

      Section 7.4 Trustee's Disclaimer. The Trustee shall not be responsible for
and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or
the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Company's use of the proceeds
from the Notes, and it shall not be responsible for any statement of the Company
in this Indenture or in any document issued in connection with the sale of the
Notes or in the Notes other than the Trustee's certificate of authentication.

      Section 7.5 Notice of Defaults. If a Default or Event of Default occurs
and is continuing and if a Responsible Officer has actual knowledge thereof, the
Trustee shall mail to each Holder notice of the Default or Event of Default
within 90 days after the occurrence thereof. Except in the case of a Default or
Event of Default in payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any
Note, the Trustee may withhold notice if and so long as a committee of its Trust
Officers in good faith determines that withholding notice is in the interests of
the Holders.

      Section 7.6 Reports by Trustee to Holders. The Trustee shall comply with
TIA Section 313. The Company agrees to notify promptly the Trustee whenever the
Notes become listed on any stock exchange and of any desisting thereof.

      Section 7.7 Compensation and Indemnity.

      (a) The Company shall pay to the Trustee from time to time such
compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder as the
Company and the Trustee shall from time to time agree in writing. The Trustee's
compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an
express trust. The Company shall reimburse the Trustee upon request for all
reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred or made by it, including costs of
collection, costs of preparing and reviewing reports, certificates and other
documents, costs of preparation and mailing of notices to Holders and reasonable
costs of counsel retained by the Trustee in connection with the delivery of an
Opinion of Counsel or otherwise, in addition to the compensation for its
services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation and expenses,
disbursements and advances of the Trustee's agents, counsel, accountants and
experts.

      (b) The Company and the Note Guarantors shall jointly and severally
indemnify the Trustee against any and all loss, damage, claim liability, expense
(including reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses) and taxes (other than those
measured by or determined by the income of the Trustee) incurred by it without
negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith on its part in connection with the
acceptance and administration of this trust and the performance of its duties
hereunder, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture
(including this Section 7.7) and of defending itself against any claims (whether
asserted by any Holder, the Company, any Note Guarantor or otherwise). The
Trustee shall notify the Company promptly of any claim for which it may seek
indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the
Company of its obligations hereunder. The Company shall defend the claim and the
Trustee may have separate counsel and the Company shall pay the fees and
expenses of

                                       67
<PAGE>

such counsel. The Company need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against
any loss, liability or expense incurred by the Trustee through the Trustee's own
negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith.

      (c)   To secure the Company's payment obligations in this Section 7.7, the
Trustee shall have a lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or
collected by the Trustee other than money or property held in trust to pay
principal of and interest on particular Notes. The Trustee's right to receive
payment of any amounts due under this Section 7.7 shall not be subordinate to
any other liability or Indebtedness of the Company.

      (d)   The Company's payment obligations pursuant to this Section 7.7 shall
survive the discharge of this Indenture and the resignation or removal of the
Trustee. When the Trustee incurs expenses after the occurrence of a Bankruptcy
Law Event of Default specified in Section 6.1(a)(7), the expenses are intended
to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law; provided,
however, that this shall not affect the Trustee's rights as set forth in this
Section 7.7 or Section 6.10.

      Section 7.8 Replacement of Trustee.

      (a)   The Trustee may resign at any time by so notifying the Company. The
Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes may remove
the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and may appoint a successor Trustee
reasonably acceptable to the Company. The Company shall remove the Trustee if:

            (1) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10;

            (2) the Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent;

            (3) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee
      or its property; or

            (4) the Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting.

      (b)   If the Trustee resigns or is removed by the Company or by the
Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes and such
Holders do not reasonably promptly appoint a successor Trustee, or if a vacancy
exists in the office of the Trustee for any reason (the Trustee in such event
being referred to herein as the retiring Trustee), the Company shall promptly
appoint a successor Trustee.

      (c)   A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its
appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon the
resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the
successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee
under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its
succession to Holders. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property
held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, subject to the lien provided for
in Section 7.7.

      (d)   If a successor Trustee does not take office within 30 days after
the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee or the Holders
of ten percent (10%) in principal

                                       68
<PAGE>

amount of the Outstanding Notes may petition, at the Company's expense, any
court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

      (e)   If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10, any Holder may
petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and
the appointment of a successor Trustee.

      (f)   Notwithstanding the replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this
Section 7.8, the Company's obligations under Section 7.7 shall continue for the
benefit of the retiring Trustee.

      Section 7.9 Successor Trustee by Merger.

      (a)   If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or
transfers all or substantially all its corporate trust business or assets to,
another corporation or banking association, the resulting, surviving or
transferee corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee.

      (b)   In case at the time such successor or successors to the Trustee
shall succeed to the trusts created by this Indenture, any of the Notes shall
have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may
adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor trustee, and deliver
such Notes so authenticated; and in case at that time any of the Notes shall not
have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee may authenticate such
Notes either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the
successor to the Trustee; and in all such cases such certificates shall have the
full force which it is anywhere in the Notes or in this Indenture provided that
the certificate of the Trustee shall have.

      Section 7.10 Eligibility; Disqualification. The Trustee shall at all times
satisfy the requirements of TIA Section 310(a). The Trustee shall have a
combined capital and surplus of at least $50 million as set forth in its most
recent published annual report of condition. The Trustee shall comply with TIA
Section 310(b); provided, however, that there shall be excluded from the
operation of TIA Section 310(b)(1) any indenture or indentures under which other
securities or certificates of interest or participation in other securities of
the Company are outstanding if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in
TIA Section 310(b)(1) are met.

      Section 7.11 Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Company. The
Trustee shall comply with TIA Section 311(a), excluding any creditor
relationship listed in TIA Section 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been
removed shall be subject to TIA Section 311(a) to the extent indicated.

                                  ARTICLE VIII
                       DEFEASANCE; DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE

      Section 8.1 Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance.

      (a) The Company may, at its option and at any time, elect to have its
obligations discharged with respect to the Outstanding Notes ("Legal
Defeasance"). Such Legal Defeasance means that the Company shall be deemed to
have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness

                                       69
<PAGE>

represented by the Outstanding Notes on the 91st day after the deposit specified
in clause (1) of Section 8.2, except for:

                  (i) the rights of Holders to receive payments in respect of
            the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such Notes when
            the payments are due,

                  (ii) the Company's obligations with respect to such Notes
            under Article II and Section 3.2,

                  (iii) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the
            Trustee hereunder and the Company's obligations in connection
            therewith, and

                  (iv) this Article VIII.

      (b)   In addition, the Company may, at its option and at any time,
elect to have its obligations released with respect to certain covenants that
are described in this Indenture ("Covenant Defeasance") and thereafter any
omission to comply with such obligations shall not constitute a Default or Event
or Default with respect to the Notes. In the event Covenant Defeasance occurs,
certain events (not including non-payment, bankruptcy, receivership,
reorganization and insolvency events) described in Section 6.1 will no longer
constitute an Event of Default with respect to the Notes.

      Section 8.2 Conditions to Defeasance. In order for the Company to exercise
either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance:

            (1) the Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust,
      for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, certain direct
      non-callable obligations of, or guaranteed by, the United States, or a
      combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient without
      reinvestment, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of
      independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, premium, if any,
      and interest on the Notes on the stated date for payment thereof or on the
      applicable redemption date, as the case may be;

            (2) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Company shall have
      delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States
      reasonably acceptable to the Trustee and independent of the Company to the
      effect that:

            (a)   the Company has received from, or there has been published by,
                  the Internal Revenue Service a ruling; or

            (b)   since the Issue Date, there has been a change in the
                  applicable U.S. federal income tax law,

      in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of
      Counsel shall state that, the Holders will not recognize income, gain or
      loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal
      Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same
      amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the
      case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

                                       70
<PAGE>

            (3) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Company shall have
      delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States
      reasonably acceptable to the Trustee and independent of the Company to the
      effect that the Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S.
      federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and
      will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the
      same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such
      Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

            (4) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be
      continuing on the date of the deposit pursuant to Section 8.2(1) (except
      any Default or Event of Default resulting from the failure to comply with
      Section 3.9 as a result of the borrowing of the funds required to effect
      such deposit) and, insofar as Events of Default from bankruptcy or
      insolvency events are concerned, at any time in the period ending on the
      91st day after the date of deposit, and the Trustees shall have received
      Officers' Certificates to such effect on the date of such deposit and, in
      the case of Legal Defeasance, on such 91st day;

            (5) the Trustee shall have received an Officers' Certificate stating
      that such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a
      breach or violation of, or constitute a default under this Indenture or
      any other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its
      Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries
      is bound;

            (6) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers'
      Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Company with the
      intent of preferring the Holders over any other creditors of the Company
      or any Subsidiary of the Company or with the intent of defeating,
      hindering, delaying or defrauding any other creditors of the Company or
      others;

            (7) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers'
      Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions
      precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant
      Defeasance have been complied with;

            (8) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of
      Counsel to the effect that after the 91st day following the deposit, the
      trust funds will not be subject to the effect of any applicable
      bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting
      creditors' rights generally; and

            (9) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of
      Counsel in the United States reasonably acceptable to the Trustee and
      independent of the Company to the effect that the trust resulting from the
      deposit does not constitute an investment company under the Investment
      Company Act of 1940.

      Section 8.3 Application of Trust Money. The Trustee shall hold in trust
U.S. Legal Tender or U.S. Government Obligations, together with earnings thereon
deposited with it pursuant to this Article VIII. It shall apply the deposited
money and the U.S. Legal Tender from U.S. Government Obligations, together with
earnings thereon, through the Paying Agent and in accordance with this Indenture
to the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes. The U.S.

                                       71
<PAGE>

Legal Tender or U.S. Government Obligations so held in trust and deposited with
the Trustee in compliance with Section 8.2 shall not be part of the trust estate
under this Indenture, but shall constitute a separate trust fund for the benefit
of all Holders entitled thereto.

      Section 8.4 Repayment to the Company.

      (a) The Trustee and the Paying Agent shall promptly turn over to the
Company, or if deposited with the Trustee by any Note Guarantor, to such Note
Guarantor, upon request any excess money or securities held by them upon payment
of all the obligations under this Indenture.

      (b) Subject to any applicable abandoned property law, the Trustee and the
Paying Agent shall pay to the Company or any Note Guarantor, as the case may be,
upon request, any money held by them for the payment of principal of, premium or
interest on the Notes that remains unclaimed for two years, and, thereafter,
Holders entitled to money must look to the Company for payment as general
creditors unless an applicable abandoned property law designates another Person.

      Section 8.5 Indemnity for U.S. Government Obligations. The Company shall
pay and shall indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed
on or assessed against deposited U.S. Government Obligations or the principal
and interest received on such U.S. Government Obligations.

      Section 8.6 Reinstatement. If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to
apply any U.S. Legal Tender or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with
this Article VIII by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or
judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or
otherwise prohibiting such application, then and only then the obligations of
the Company and each Note Guarantor under this Indenture and the Notes shall be
revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to this
Article VIII until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to
apply all such U.S. Legal Tender or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance
with this Article VIII; provided, however, that, if the Company or the Note
Guarantors, as the case may be, have made any payment of principal of, premium
or interest on any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the
Company or the Note Guarantors, as the case may be, shall be subrogated to the
rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the U.S. Legal
Tender or U.S. Government Obligations held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

      Section 8.7 Satisfaction and Discharge. This Indenture will be discharged
and will cease to be of further effect (except as to surviving rights or
registration of transfer or exchange of the Notes, as expressly provided for in
the Indenture) as to all Outstanding Notes when:

      (a)   either:

            (1) all the Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered (except
      lost, stolen or destroyed Notes which have been replaced or paid and Notes
      for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or
      segregated and held in trust by the Company and thereafter repaid to the
      Company or discharged from such trust) have been delivered to the Trustee
      for cancellation, or

                                       72
<PAGE>

            (2) all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for
      cancellation have become due and payable, and the Company has irrevocably
      deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee U.S. Legal Tender or
      U.S. Government Obligations sufficient without reinvestment to pay and
      discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes not theretofore delivered
      to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal of, premium, if any, and
      interest on the Notes to maturity or redemption, together with irrevocable
      instructions from the Company directing the Trustee to apply such funds to
      the payment;

      (b) the Company has paid all other sums payable under this Indenture and
the Notes by the Company; and

      (c) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate
stating that all conditions precedent under this Indenture relating to the
satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with.

                                   ARTICLE IX
                                   AMENDMENTS

      Section 9.1 Without Consent of Holders.

      (a)   The Company, the Note Guarantors and the Trustee, without the
consent of the Holders, may amend this Indenture or the Notes for the purposes
specified below:

            (1) to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency;

            (2) to comply with Article IV in respect of the assumption by a
      Successor Entity of the obligations of the Company under the Notes and
      this Indenture;

            (3) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place
      of certificated Notes; provided, however, that the uncertificated Notes
      are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code;

            (4) to add guarantees with respect to the Notes or to secure the
      Notes;

            (5) to add to the covenants of the Company for the benefit of the
      Holders or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the
      Company;

            (6) to comply with any requirements of the SEC in connection with
      qualifying this Indenture under the TIA;

            (7) to make any change that does not, in the opinion of the Trustee,
      adversely affect the rights of any Holder in any material respect (it
      being understood that the Trustee will be entitled to rely on such
      evidence it deems appropriate in formulating this opinion, including an
      Opinion of Counsel and Officer's Certificate);

            (8) to provide for the issuance of the Exchange Notes and Private
      Exchange Notes, which will have terms substantially identical to the other
      Outstanding Notes except for the requirement of a Private Placement Legend
      and related transfer restrictions

                                       73
<PAGE>

      under the Securities Act and this Indenture and as to the applicability of
      additional interest payable as provided in Section 2.14, and which will be
      treated, together with any other Outstanding Notes, as a single issue of
      securities; or

            (9) to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes as permitted by
      Sections 2.2(c) and 2.13, which will have terms substantially identical to
      the other Outstanding Notes except as specified in Section 2.13 or 2.14,
      and which will be treated, together with any other Outstanding Notes, as a
      single issue of securities.

      (b) After an amendment or supplement under this Section 9.1 becomes
effective, the Company shall mail to Holders a notice briefly describing such
amendment or supplement. The failure to give such notice to all Holders, or any
defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment or
supplement under this Section 9.1.

      Section 9.2 With Consent of Holders.

      (a)   The Company, the Note Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or
supplement this Indenture or the Notes without notice to any Holder but with the
written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the
Outstanding Notes (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of,
or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes). Subject to Section 6.4, the
Holder or Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding
Notes may waive compliance by the Company with any provision of this Indenture
or the Notes without notice to any other Holder. However, without the consent of
each Holder affected, an amendment, supplement or waiver may not:

            (1) reduce the amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an
      amendment or waiver;

            (2) reduce the rate of or change or have the effect of changing the
      time for payment of interest, including Defaulted Interest, on any Notes;

            (3) reduce the principal of or change or have the effect of changing
      the fixed maturity of any Notes, or change the date on which any Notes may
      be subject to redemption, or reduce the redemption price therefor;

            (4) make any Notes payable in money other than that stated in the
      Notes;

            (5) make any change in the provisions of this Indenture entitling
      each Holder to receive payment of principal of, premium, if any, and
      interest on such Notes on or after the due date thereof or to bring suit
      to enforce such payment, or permitting Holders of a majority in principal
      amount of Notes to waive Defaults or Events of Default;

            (6) amend, change or modify any obligation of the Company to make
      and consummate a Change of Control Offer in respect of a Change of Control
      that has occurred or make and consummate an Asset Sale Offer with respect
      to any Asset Sale;

                                       74
<PAGE>

            (7) eliminate or modify in any manner the Note Guarantor's
      obligations with respect to its Note Guarantee, which adversely affects
      Holders, except as contemplated in this Indenture; or

            (8) subordinate the Notes or any Note Guarantee in right of payment
      to any other Obligation of the Company or any Note Guarantor.

      (b) It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this
Section 9.2 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement
or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance
thereof.

      (c) After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.2
becomes effective, the Company shall mail to Holders a notice briefly describing
such amendment, supplement or waiver. The failure to give such notice to all
Holders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an
amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.2.

      Section 9.3 Compliance with Trust Indenture Act. Every amendment to this
Indenture or the Notes shall comply with the TIA as then in effect.

      Section 9.4 Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers.

      (a) A consent to an amendment or a supplement or a waiver by a Holder of a
Note shall bind the Holder and every subsequent Holder of that Note or portion
of the Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder's Note, even
if notation of the consent or waiver is not made on the Note. However, any such
Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent or waiver as to such Holder's
Note or portion of the Note if the Trustee receives the notice of revocation
before the date the amendment, a supplement or waiver becomes effective. After
an amendment, a supplement or waiver becomes effective, it shall bind every
Holder. An amendment, a supplement or waiver shall become effective upon receipt
by the Trustee of the requisite number of written consents under Section 9.2.

      (b) The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date,
which need not be the date provided in 316(c) of the TIA to the extent it would
otherwise be applicable, for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to
give their consent or take any other action described above or required or
permitted to be taken pursuant to this Indenture. If a record date is fixed,
then notwithstanding the immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who were
Holders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those
Persons, shall be entitled to give such consent or to revoke any consent
previously given or to take any such action, whether or not such Persons
continue to be Holders after such record date. No such consent shall become
valid or effective more than 90 days after such record date or, if none is set,
after the date given.

      Section 9.5 Notation on or Exchange of Notes. If an amendment or a
supplement changes the terms of a Note, the Trustee may require the Holder of
the Note to deliver it to the Trustee. The Trustee may place an appropriate
notation on the Note regarding the changed terms and return it to the Holder.
Alternatively, if the Company or the Trustee so determines, the Company in
exchange for the Note will execute and upon Company Order the Trustee will

                                       75
<PAGE>

authenticate a new Note that reflects the changed terms. Failure to make the
appropriate notation or to issue a new Note shall not affect the validity of
such amendment or supplement.

      Section 9.6 Trustee to Sign Amendments or Supplements. The Trustee shall
sign any amendment or supplement authorized pursuant to this Article IX if the
amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties,
liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. If it does, the Trustee may but need
not sign it. In signing such amendment or supplement, the Trustee shall be
entitled to receive indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it and to receive, and
(subject to Sections 7.1 and 7.2) shall be fully protected in relying upon, such
evidence as it deems appropriate, including solely on an Opinion of Counsel
stating that such amendment or supplement is authorized or permitted by this
Indenture.

                                    ARTICLE X
                                 NOTE GUARANTEES

      Section 10.1 Note Guarantees.

      (a) Each Note Guarantor hereby fully, unconditionally and irrevocably
guarantees, as primary obligor and not merely as surety, jointly and severally
with each other Note Guarantor, to each Holder and the Trustee the full and
punctual payment when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption
or otherwise, of the Obligations (such guaranteed Obligations, the "Guaranteed
Obligations"). Each Note Guarantor further agrees (to the extent permitted by
law) that the Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part,
without notice or further assent from it, and that it will remain bound under
this Article X notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any Obligation. Each
Note Guarantor hereby agrees to pay, in addition to the amounts stated above,
any and all expenses (including reasonable counsel fees and expenses) incurred
by the Trustee or the Holders in enforcing any rights under any Note Guarantee.

      (b) Each Note Guarantor waives presentation to, demand of payment from and
protest to the Company of any of the Obligations and also waives notice of
protest for nonpayment. Each Note Guarantor waives notice of any default under
the Notes or the Obligations. The obligations of each Note Guarantor hereunder
shall not be affected by (i) the failure of any Holder to assert any claim or
demand or to enforce any right or remedy against the Company or any other Person
under this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement or otherwise; (ii) any
extension or renewal of any thereof; (iii) any rescission, waiver, amendment or
modification of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture, the Notes or
any other agreement; (iv) the release of any security held by any Holder or the
Trustee for the Obligations or any of them; (v) the failure of any Holder to
exercise any right or remedy against any other Note Guarantor; or (vi) any
change in the ownership of the Company.

      (c) Each Note Guarantor further agrees that its Note Guarantee herein
constitutes a guarantee of payment when due (and not a guarantee of collection)
and waives any right to require that any resort be had by any Holder to any
security held for payment of the Obligations.

      (d) The obligations of each Note Guarantor hereunder shall not be subject
to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason (other
than payment of the Obligations in full), including any claim of waiver,
release, surrender, alteration or compromise,

                                       76
<PAGE>

and shall not be subject to any defense of setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or
termination whatsoever or by reason of the invalidity, illegality or
unenforceability of the Obligations or otherwise. Without limiting the
generality of the foregoing, the obligations of each Note Guarantor herein shall
not be discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by the failure of any Holder
to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any remedy under this Indenture, the
Notes or any other agreement, by any waiver or modification of any thereof, by
any default, failure or delay, willful or otherwise, in the performance of the
Obligations, or by any other act or thing or omission or delay to do any other
act or thing which may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of
such Note Guarantor or would otherwise operate as a discharge of such Note
Guarantor as a matter of law or equity.

      (e) Each Note Guarantor further agrees that its Note Guarantee herein
shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any
time payment, or any part thereof, of principal of or interest on any of the
Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by any Holder upon the
bankruptcy or reorganization of the Company or otherwise.

      (f) In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other
right which any Holder has at law or in equity against each Note Guarantor by
virtue hereof, upon the failure of the Company to pay any of the Obligations
when and as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by
redemption or otherwise, each Note Guarantor hereby promises to and will, upon
receipt of written demand by the Trustee, forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, in
cash, to the Holders an amount equal to the sum of:

      (i) the unpaid amount of such Obligations then due and owing; and

      (ii) accrued and unpaid interest on such Obligations then due and owing
(but only to the extent not prohibited by law).

      (g) Each Note Guarantor further agrees that, as between such Note
Guarantor, on the one hand, and the Holders, on the other hand:

      (i) the maturity of the Obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated
as provided in this Indenture for the purposes of its Note Guarantee herein,
notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such
acceleration in respect of the Obligations guaranteed hereby; and

      (ii) in the event of any such declaration of acceleration of such
Obligations, such Obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith
become due and payable by such Note Guarantor for the purposes of its Note
Guarantee.

      Section 10.2 Limitation on Liability; Termination, Release and Discharge.

      (a) The obligations of each Note Guarantor hereunder will be limited to
the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to all other contingent and
fixed liabilities of such Note Guarantor and after giving effect to any
collections from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Note Guarantor in
respect of the obligations of such other Note Guarantor under its Note Guarantee
or pursuant to its contribution obligations under this Indenture, result in the

                                       77
<PAGE>

obligations of such Note Guarantor under its Note Guarantee not constituting a
fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under U.S. federal or state law.

      (b)   A Note Guarantor will be released and relieved of its obligations
under its Note Guarantee in the event:

            (1) there is a Legal Defeasance of the Notes as described in Section
      8.1;

            (2) there is a sale or other disposition of Capital Stock of such
      Note Guarantor following which such Note Guarantor is no longer a direct
      or indirect Subsidiary of the Company; or

            (3) such Note Guarantor is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary
      in accordance with Section 3.13;

provided, that the transaction pursuant to which a Note Guarantor is released
and relieved of its obligations under its Note Guarantee is carried out pursuant
to and in accordance with any other applicable provisions of this Indenture.

      Section 10.3 Right of Contribution. Each Note Guarantor that makes a
payment or distribution under a Note Guarantee will be entitled to a
contribution from each other Note Guarantor in a pro rata amount, based on the
net assets of each Note Guarantor determined in accordance with GAAP. The
provisions of this Section 10.3 shall in no respect limit the obligations and
liabilities of each Note Guarantor to the Trustee and the Holders and each Note
Guarantor shall remain liable to the Trustee and the Holders for the full amount
guaranteed by such Note Guarantor hereunder.

      Section 10.4 No Subrogation. Each Note Guarantor agrees that it shall not
be entitled to any right of subrogation in respect of any Guaranteed Obligations
until payment in full in cash of all Obligations. If any amount shall be paid to
any Note Guarantor on account of such subrogation rights at any time when all of
the Obligations shall not have been paid in full in cash, such amount shall be
held by such Note Guarantor in trust for the Trustee and the Holders, segregated
from other funds of such Note Guarantor, and shall, forthwith upon receipt by
such Note Guarantor, be turned over to the Trustee in the exact form received by
such Note Guarantor (duly endorsed by such Note Guarantor to the Trustee, if
required), to be applied against the Obligations.

      Section 10.5 Additional Note Guarantees; Opinion of Counsel.

      (a) The Company will cause any Person that shall become a Domestic
Restricted Subsidiary (including upon a Revocation of the Designation of a
Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary) after the date hereof (an "Additional
Note Guarantor") to concurrently, and in no event later than 10 days from the
date that such Person becomes a Domestic Restricted Subsidiary, grant a
guarantee (an "Additional Note Guarantee") of the Company's obligations under
this Indenture, any applicable Registration Rights Agreement and the Notes to
the same extent that any existing Note Guarantors have guaranteed the Company's
obligations under this Indenture, the Issue Date Registration Rights Agreement
and the Notes by executing a Supplemental Indenture substantially in the form of
Exhibit E; provided, however, that the

                                       78
<PAGE>

foregoing shall not apply to any subsidiary which has been properly designated
an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 3.13 for so long as such
subsidiary continues to constitute an Unrestricted Subsidiary; and provided,
further, however, that each Additional Note Guarantor will be automatically and
unconditionally released and discharged from its obligations under such
Additional Note Guarantee only in accordance with Section 10.2.

      (b) On the date on which any Domestic Restricted Subsidiary shall become a
Note Guarantor pursuant to Section 10.5(a), the Company shall deliver to the
Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the Supplemental Indenture
executed and delivered on such date by such Note Guarantor has been duly
authorized, executed and delivered by such Additional Note Guarantor, and
constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of such Additional Note
Guarantor, enforceable against such Additional Note Guarantor in accordance with
its terms, except as the enforcement thereof may be limited by bankruptcy,
insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting enforcement of
creditors' rights generally and except as enforcement thereof is subject to
general principles of equity.

                                   ARTICLE XI
                                  MISCELLANEOUS

      Section 11.1 Trust Indenture Act Controls. If any provision of this
Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision which is
required to be included in this Indenture by the TIA, the provision required by
the TIA shall control.

      Section 11.2 Notices.

      (a)   Any notice or communication shall be in writing and delivered in
person or mailed by first-class mail addressed as follows:

            if to the Company or the Note Guarantors:

            Coleman Cable, Inc.
            1530 Shields Drive
            Waukegan, Illinois 60085
            Attention:  Chief Financial Officer

            if to the Trustee:

            Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas
            Trust and Securities Services
            222 South Riverside Plaza, 24th Floor
            Chicago, Illinois 60606

The Company or the Trustee by notice to the other may designate additional or
different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

      (b)   Any notice or communication mailed to a registered Holder shall
be mailed to the Holder at the Holder's address as it appears on the
registration books of the Registrar and shall be sufficiently given if so mailed
within the time prescribed.

                                       79
<PAGE>

      (c)   Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any
defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. If
a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above, it is duly
given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

      (d)   Any notice or communication delivered to the Company under the
provisions herein shall constitute notice to the Note Guarantors.

      Section 11.3 Communication by Holders with Other Holders. Holders may
communicate pursuant to TIA Section 312(b) with other Holders with respect to
their rights under this Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees. The
Company, the Note Guarantors, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall
have the protection of TIA Section 312(c).

      Section 11.4 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. Upon any
request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take or refrain from
taking any action under this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the
Trustee:

            (1) an Officers' Certificate in form and substance reasonably
      satisfactory to the Trustee stating that, in the opinion of the signers,
      all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating
      to the proposed action have been complied with; and

            (2) an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably
      satisfactory to the Trustee stating that, in the opinion of such counsel,
      all such conditions precedent have been complied with.

      Section 11.5 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. Each
certificate or opinion, including any Opinion of Counsel, with respect to
compliance with a covenant or condition provided for in this Indenture shall
include:

            (1) a statement that the individual making such certificate or
      opinion has read such covenant or condition;

            (2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination
      or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such
      certificate or opinion are based;

            (3) a statement that, in the opinion of such individual, he has made
      such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express
      an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has
      been complied with; and

            (4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such
      individual, such covenant or condition has been complied with.

      In giving such Opinion of Counsel, counsel may rely as to factual matters
on an Officers' Certificate or on certificates of public officials.

                                       80
<PAGE>

      Section 11.6 Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar. The Trustee may
make reasonable rules for action by, or a meeting of, Holders. The Registrar and
the Paying Agent may make reasonable rules for their functions.

      Section 11.7 Legal Holidays. A "Legal Holiday" is a Saturday, a Sunday or
other day on which commercial banking institutions are authorized or required to
be closed in New York City. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday, payment shall
be made on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest
shall accrue for the intervening period. If a regular record date is a Legal
Holiday, the record date shall not be affected.

      Section 11.8 Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial; etc.

      (a) THIS INDENTURE (INCLUDING EACH NOTE GUARANTEE) AND THE NOTES SHALL BE
GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW
YORK. THE PARTIES HERETO EACH HEREBY WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY
ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE,
EACH NOTE GUARANTEE OR THE NOTES OR ANY TRANSACTION RELATED HERETO OR THERETO.

      (b) The Company and each Note Guarantor hereby:

                  (i) agrees that any suit, action or proceeding against it
            arising out of or relating to this Indenture (including the Note
            Guarantees) or the Notes, as the case may be, may be instituted in
            any Federal or state court sitting in The City of New York,

                  (ii) waives to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law,
            any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of
            venue of any such suit, action or proceeding, and any claim that any
            suit, action or proceeding in such a court has been brought in an
            inconvenient forum,

                  (iii) irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of
            such courts in any suit, action or proceeding,

                  (iv) agrees that final judgment in any such suit, action or
            proceeding brought in such a court shall be conclusive and binding
            may be enforced in the courts of the jurisdiction of which it is
            subject by a suit upon judgment, and

                  (v) agrees that service of process by mail to the addresses
            specified herein shall constitute personal service of such process
            on it in any such suit, action or proceeding.

      (c)   Nothing in this Section 11.8 shall affect the right of the Trustee
or any Holder of the Notes to serve process in any other manner permitted by
law.

      Section 11.9 No Recourse Against Others. An incorporator, director,
officer, employee, stockholder or controlling person, as such, of the Company or
any Note Guarantor

                                       81
<PAGE>

shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Notes,
this Indenture or the Note Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of
or by reason of such obligations or their creation. By accepting a Note, each
Holder shall waive and release all such liability. The waiver and release shall
be part of the consideration for the issue of the Notes.

      Section 11.10 Successors. All agreements of the Company and the Note
Guarantors in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind their respective
successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its
successors.

      Section 11.11 Duplicate and Counterpart Originals. The parties may sign
any number of copies of this Indenture. One signed copy is enough to prove this
Indenture. This Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of
which so executed shall be an original, but all of them together represent the
same agreement.

      Section 11.12 Severability. In case any provision in this Indenture or in
the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and
enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or
impaired thereby.

      Section 11.13 Qualification of Indenture. The Company shall qualify this
Indenture under the TIA in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Issue
Date Registration Rights Agreement and shall pay all reasonable costs and
expenses (including attorneys' fees and expenses for the Company, the Note
Guarantors, the Trustee and the Holders) incurred in connection therewith,
including, but not limited to, costs and expenses of qualification of this
Indenture and the Notes and printing this Indenture and the Notes. The Trustee
shall be entitled to receive from the Company any such Officers' Certificates,
Opinions of Counsel or other documentation as it may reasonably request in
connection with any such qualification of this Indenture under the TIA.

      Section 11.14 Table of Contents; Headings. The table of contents and
headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for
convenience of reference only, are not intended to be considered a part hereof
and shall not modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

                                       82
<PAGE>

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Indenture to be duly
executed as of the date first written above.

                               COLEMAN CABLE, INC.

                               By: /s/ G. Gary Yetman
                                   ----------------------
                                   Name: G. Gary Yetman
                                   Title: President and Chief Executive Officer

                               BARON WIRE & CABLE CORP.
                               CCI ENTERPRISES, INC.
                               CCI INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                               LAKESIDE DRIVE ASSOCIATES, INC.
                               OSWEGO WIRE INCORPORATED
                               THE DEKALB WORKS COMPANY

                               By: /s/ G. Gary Yetman
                                   ---------------------
                                   Name:  G. Gary Yetman
                                   Title: President and Chief Executive Officer

                               DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS, as Trustee

                               By: /s/ George F. Kubin
                                   ----------------------
                                   Name: George F. Kubin
                                   Title: Vice President

                                       83
<PAGE>

                                                                       EXHIBIT A

                                  FORM OF NOTE

[Include the following legend for Global Notes only:

"THIS IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO
HEREINAFTER.

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE
DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION ("DTC"), NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO
THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND
ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER
NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS
MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR
OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER
HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT
NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR'S
NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO
TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE
REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF."]

[Include the following Private Placement Legend on all Notes that are Restricted
Notes:]

[THE SECURITY (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) EVIDENCED HEREBY WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A
TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SECTION 5 OF THE UNITED STATES
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT"), AND THE SECURITY
EVIDENCED HEREBY MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE
ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM. EACH
PURCHASER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER
MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE
SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A THEREUNDER. THE HOLDER OF THE SECURITY
EVIDENCED HEREBY AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ISSUER THAT: (A) SUCH SECURITY
MAY BE OFFERED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, ONLY: (i)(a) TO A
PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER
(AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE
REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (b) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE
144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (c) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A NON-U.S. PERSON
IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 903 OR 904 UNDER THE

                                      A-1
<PAGE>

SECURITIES ACT, (d) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL "ACCREDITED INVESTOR" (AS DEFINED IN
RULE 501(a)(1),(2),(3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (AN "INSTITUTIONAL
ACCREDITED INVESTOR")) THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHES THE TRUSTEE A
SIGNED LETTER CONTAINING CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS (THE FORM OF
WHICH CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE) AND, IF SUCH TRANSFER IS IN RESPECT OF
AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOTES LESS THAN $100,000, AN OPINION OF COUNSEL
ACCEPTABLE TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES
ACT, OR (e) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION
REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AND BASED UPON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL AND
OTHER CERTIFICATIONS AND DOCUMENTS IF THE ISSUER SO REQUESTS), (ii) TO THE
ISSUER, OR (iii) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT, AND, IN EACH
CASE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE
UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION AND IN EACH CASE SUBJECT TO
ANY REQUIREMENT OF LAW THAT THE DISPOSITION OF THIS SECURITY BY THE HOLDER OR BY
ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT OR ACCOUNTS BE AT ALL TIMES WITHIN ITS OR THEIR CONTROL;
AND (B) THE HOLDER WILL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY
PURCHASER FROM IT OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS
SET FORTH IN (A) ABOVE. THIS SECURITY MAY NOT BE ACQUIRED OR HELD WITH THE
ASSETS OF (I) AN "EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN" (AS DEFINED IN THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT
INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED ("ERISA")) THAT IS SUBJECT TO ERISA,
(II) A "PLAN" DESCRIBED IN SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF1986, AS
AMENDED (THE "CODE"), (III) ANY ENTITY DEEMED TO HOLD "PLAN ASSETS" OF ANY OF
THE FOREGOING BY REASON OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN'S OR PLAN'S INVESTMENT IN
SUCH ENTITY, OR (IV) A GOVERNMENTAL PLAN OR CHURCH PLAN SUBJECT TO APPLICABLE
LAW THAT IS SUBSTANTIALLY SIMILAR TO THE FIDUCIARY RESPONSIBILITY OR PROHIBITED
TRANSACTION PROVISIONS OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE, UNLESS THE
ACQUISITION AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY BY THE PURCHASER OR TRANSFEREE,
THROUGHOUT THE PERIOD THAT IT HOLDS THIS SECURITY, ARE EXEMPT FROM THE
PROHIBITED TRANSACTION RESTRICTIONS UNDER ERISA AND SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR
ANY PROVISIONS OF SIMILAR LAW, AS APPLICABLE, PURSUANT TO ONE OR MORE PROHIBITED
TRANSACTION STATUTORY OR ADMINISTRATIVE EXEMPTIONS. BY ITS ACQUISITION OR
HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY, EACH PURCHASER AND TRANSFEREE WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE
REPRESENTED AND WARRANTED THAT THE FOREGOING REQUIREMENTS HAVE BEEN SATISFIED.]

                                      A-2
<PAGE>

                               COLEMAN CABLE, INC.

                          9-7/8% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2012

                                                   Principal Amount $120,000,000
                                     as revised by the Schedule of Increases and
                                        Decreases in Global Note attached hereto

No.: [___]

                                                             CUSIP NO. 193459AA2
                                                              ISIN NO. U19339AA5

      Coleman Cable, Inc., a Delaware corporation, promises to pay to Cede &
Co., or registered assigns, the principal sum of One Hundred Twenty Million
Dollars ($120,000,000), as revised by the Schedule of Increases and Decreases in
Global Note attached hereto, on October 1, 2012.

   Interest Payment Dates: April 1 and October 1

   Record Dates:  March 15 and September 15

                         [Intentionally left blank]

                                      A-3
<PAGE>

      Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this
Note.

                                                     COLEMAN CABLE, INC.

                                                     By: ______________________
                                                         Name:
                                                         Title:

Dated:  September 28, 2004

                                      A-4
<PAGE>

                     TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

      Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee, certifies that this is
one of the Notes referred to in the Indenture.

By:   __________________________________
      Authorized Signatory

Date: __________________________________

                                      A-5
<PAGE>

                                   GUARANTEES

      Each Note Guarantor listed below hereby fully, unconditionally and
irrevocably guarantees, as primary obligor and not merely as surety, jointly and
severally with each other Note Guarantor, to each Holder and the Trustee the
full and punctual payment when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by
redemption or otherwise, of principal and interest and other Guaranteed
Obligations with respect to the Company's $120,000,000 principal amount of
9-7/8% Senior Notes due 2012 in accordance with the terms set forth in the
Indenture. Each Note Guarantor further agrees (to the extent permitted by law)
that the Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, without
notice or further assent from it, and that it will remain bound under this
Guarantee notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any Obligation. Each Note
Guarantor hereby agrees to pay, in addition to the amounts stated above, any and
all expenses (including reasonable counsel fees and expenses) incurred by the
Trustee or the Holders in enforcing any rights under any Note Guarantee.

      Each Note Guarantor waives presentation to, demand of payment from and
protest to the Company of any of the Obligations and also waives notice of
protest for nonpayment. Each Note Guarantor waives notice of any default under
the Notes or the Obligations. The obligations of each Note Guarantor hereunder
shall not be affected by (i) the failure of any Holder to assert any claim or
demand or to enforce any right or remedy against the Company or any other Person
under the Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement or otherwise; (ii) any
extension or renewal of any thereof; (iii) any rescission, waiver, amendment or
modification of any of the terms or provisions of the Indenture, the Notes or
any other agreement; (iv) the release of any security held by any Holder or the
Trustee for the Obligations or any of them; (v) the failure of any Holder to
exercise any right or remedy against any other Note Guarantor; or (vi) any
change in the ownership of the Company.

      Each Note Guarantor further agrees that its Note Guarantee herein
constitutes a guarantee of payment when due (and not a guarantee of collection)
and waives any right to require that any resort be had by any Holder to any
security held for payment of the Obligations.

      THE TERMS OF ARTICLE X OF THE INDENTURE ARE INCORPORATED HEREBY BY
REFERENCE.

      This Note Guarantee shall not be valid or obligatory for any purpose until
the certificate of authentication on the Notes upon which these guarantees are
noted shall have been executed by the Trustee under the Indenture by the manual
signature of an authorized officer.

      Capitalized terms used herein have the meanings given in the Indenture.

                                      A-6
<PAGE>

                                                NOTE GUARANTORS:

                                                BARON WIRE & CABLE CORP.
                                                CCI ENTERPRISES, INC.
                                                CCI INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                                                LAKESIDE DRIVE ASSOCIATES, INC.
                                                OSWEGO WIRE INCORPORATED
                                                THE DEKALB WORKS COMPANY

                                                By: ____________________________
                                                    Name:
                                                    Title:

Date: September 28, 2004

                                      A-7
<PAGE>

                                (REVERSE OF NOTE)

                          9-7/8% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2012

1.    Interest.

      Coleman Cable, Inc., a Delaware corporation (such corporation, and its
successors and assigns under this Indenture hereinafter referred to as the
"Company"), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at the
rate per annum shown above.

      The Company will pay interest semiannually in arrears on each Interest
Payment Date of each year commencing April 1, 2005. Interest on the Notes will
accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid on the Notes
or, if no interest has been paid, from and including the Issue Date. Interest
will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day
months. The redemption of Notes with unpaid and accrued interest to the
Redemption Date will not affect the right of Holders of record on a record date
to receive interest due on an interest payment date.

      The Company shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any
proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and, to the extent
such payments are lawful, interest on overdue installments of interest
("Defaulted Interest") without regard to any applicable grace periods at the
rate of two percent (2.0%) per annum in excess of the rate shown on this Note,
as provided in the Indenture.

2.    Method of Payment.

      Prior to 10:00 a.m. New York City time on the date on which any principal
of or interest on any Note is due and payable, the Company shall irrevocably
deposit with the Trustee or the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay such
principal and/or interest. The Company will pay interest (except Defaulted
Interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of
business on the Record Date preceding the Interest Payment Date even if Notes
are canceled, repurchased or redeemed after the Record Date and on or before the
relevant Interest Payment Date. Holders must surrender Notes to a Paying Agent
to collect principal payments. The Company will pay principal and interest in
U.S. Legal Tender.

      Payments in respect of Notes represented by a Global Note (including
principal and interest) will be made by the transfer of immediately available
funds to the accounts specified by DTC. The Company will make all payments in
respect of a Certificated Note (including principal and interest) by mailing a
check to the registered address of each Holder thereof; provided, however, that
payments on the Notes may also be made, in the case of a Holder of at least
$1,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes, by wire transfer to a U.S.
dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if such
Holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee
or the Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 15
days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date
as the Trustee may accept in its discretion).

                                      A-8
<PAGE>

3.    Paying Agent and Registrar.

      Initially, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas (the "Trustee"), will act
as Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may appoint and change any
Paying Agent, Registrar or co-Registrar without notice to any Holder. The
Company or any Note Guarantor may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or
co-Registrar.

4.    Indenture; Guarantees.

      The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture, dated as of September 28,
2004 (as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with
the terms thereof, the "Indenture"), between the Company and the Trustee. The
terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of
the Indenture by reference to the TIA. Capitalized terms used herein and not
defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture. The Notes
are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the
TIA for a statement of those terms. Each Holder, by accepting a Note, agrees to
be bound by all of the terms and provisions of the Indenture, as amended or
supplemented from time to time.

      The Notes are general unsecured obligations of the Company unlimited in
aggregate principal amount, of which $120,000,000 in aggregate principal amount
will be initially issued on the Issue Date. All Notes will be treated as a
single class of securities under this Indenture.

      The Indenture imposes certain limitations on, among other things, the
ability of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries to: Incur Indebtedness,
make Restricted Payments, incur Liens, make Asset Sales, enter into transactions
with Affiliates, or consolidate or merge or transfer or convey all or
substantially all of the Company's and its Restricted Subsidiaries' assets.

      To guarantee the due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium, if
any, and interest on the Notes and all other amounts payable by the Company
under this Indenture and the Notes when and as the same shall be due and
payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, according to the
terms of the Notes and the Indenture, each Note Guarantor and each future
Domestic Restricted Subsidiary will unconditionally guarantee, jointly and
severally, such obligations pursuant to the terms of the Indenture. Each Note
Guarantee will be subject to release as provided in the Indenture.

5.    Redemption.

      Optional Redemption. Except as stated below, the Company may not redeem
the Notes prior to October 1, 2008. The Company may redeem the Notes, at its
option, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, on and after October
1, 2008, at the following redemption prices, expressed as percentages of the
principal amount thereof, if redeemed during the twelve-month period commencing
on October 1 of any year set forth below:

                                      A-9
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR                               PERCENTAGE
----                               ----------
<S>                                <C>
2008                               104.9375%
2009                               102.4688%
2010 and thereafter                100.0000%
</TABLE>

      Optional Redemption upon Public Equity Offerings. At any time, or from
time to time, prior to October 1, 2007, the Company may, at its option, use the
net cash proceeds of one or more Public Equity Offerings to redeem in the
aggregate up to thirty-five percent (35%) of the aggregate principal amount of
the Notes originally issued at a redemption price equal to 109.875% of the
principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the date
of redemption; provided, that:

            (1) after giving effect to any such redemption at least sixty-five
      percent (65%) of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes issued
      remains Outstanding; and

            (2) the Company shall make such redemption not more than 60 days
      after the consummation of such Public Equity Offering.

      "Public Equity Offering" means an underwritten public offering of
Qualified Capital Stock of the Company pursuant to a registration statement
(other than a registration statement filed on Form S-4 or S-8) filed with the
SEC in accordance with the Securities Act.

      Partial Redemption. In the case of any partial redemption, selection of
the Notes for redemption will be made in accordance with Article V of the
Indenture. On and after the redemption date, interest will cease to accrue on
Notes or portions thereof called for redemption as long as the Company has
deposited with the Paying Agent funds in satisfaction of the applicable
redemption price pursuant to the Indenture.

6. Repurchase Provisions.

      Change Of Control Offer. Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each
Holder of Notes will have the right to require that the Company purchase all or
a portion (in integral multiples of $1,000) of the Holder's Notes at a purchase
price equal to one hundred and one percent (101%) of the principal amount
thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon through the date of purchase.
Within 20 days following the date upon which the Change of Control occurred, the
Company must make a Change of Control Offer pursuant to a Change of Control
Offer Notice. As more fully described in the Indenture, the Change of Control
Offer Notice shall state, among other things, the Change of Control Payment
Date, which must be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date
the Change of Control Offer Notice is mailed, other than as may be required by
law.

      Asset Sale Offer. The Indenture imposes certain limitations on the ability
of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries to make Asset Sales. In the event
the proceeds from a permitted Asset Sale exceed certain amounts and are not
applied as specified in the Indenture, the Company will be required to make an
Asset Sale Offer to purchase to the extent of such remaining proceeds each
Holder's Notes, and at the Company's option, on a pro rata basis with

                                     A-10
<PAGE>

other Pari Passu Debt with similar provisions requiring the Company to offer to
purchase such Indebtedness with the proceeds of Asset Sales. The Company may
defer an Asset Sale Offer until the aggregate unapplied Net Cash Proceeds from
Asset Sales equals or exceeds $5.0 million.

7. Denominations; Transfer; Exchange.

      The Notes are in fully registered form without coupons, and only in
denominations of principal amount of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof. A
Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The
Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate
endorsements or transfer documents and to pay any taxes and fees required by law
or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of
or exchange (i) any Notes selected for redemption (except, in the case of a Note
to be redeemed in part, the portion of the Note not to be redeemed) for a period
beginning 15 days before the mailing of a notice of Notes to be redeemed and
ending on the date of such mailing or (ii) any Notes for a period beginning on
the Record Date for an Interest Payment Date and ending on such Interest Payment
Date.

8. Persons Deemed Owners.

      The registered holder of this Note may be treated as the owner of it for
all purposes.

9. Unclaimed Money.

      If money for the payment of principal or interest remains unclaimed for
two years, the Trustee or Paying Agent shall pay the money back to the Company
at its request unless an abandoned property law designates another Person. After
any such payment, Holders entitled to the money must look only to the Company
and not to the Trustee for payment.

10. Discharge Prior to Redemption or Maturity.

      Subject to certain conditions set forth in the Indenture, the Company at
any time may terminate some or all of its obligations under the Notes and the
Indenture if the Company deposits with the Trustee U.S. Legal Tender or U.S.
Government Obligations for the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes
to redemption or maturity, as the case may be.

11. Amendment, Waiver.

      Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, (i) the
Indenture or the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the written consent
of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then
Outstanding Notes and (ii) any default (other than with respect to nonpayment or
in respect of a provision that cannot be amended or supplemented without the
written consent of each Holder affected) or noncompliance with any provision may
be waived with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate
principal amount of the then Outstanding Notes. Subject to certain exceptions
set forth in the Indenture, without the consent of any Holder, the Company and
the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture or the Notes to, among other
things, cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency, or to comply with
Article IV of the Indenture, or to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition
to or

                                     A-11
<PAGE>

in place of certificated Notes, or to add guarantees with respect to the Notes
or to secure the Notes, or to add additional covenants or surrender rights and
powers conferred on the Company, or to comply with any request of the SEC in
connection with qualifying the Indenture under the TIA, or to make any change
that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder, or to provide for the
issuance of Exchange Notes or Additional Notes.

12. Defaults and Remedies.

      If an Event of Default (other than certain events of bankruptcy or
insolvency) shall occur and be continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at
least twenty-five percent (25%) in principal amount of Outstanding Notes may
declare the unpaid principal of (and premium, if any) and accrued and unpaid
interest on all the Notes to be immediately due and payable by notice in writing
to the Company and the Trustee specifying the Event of Default and that it is a
"notice of acceleration." Certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency are Events
of Default which will result in the unpaid principal of (and premium, if any)
and accrued and unpaid interest on all the Notes will become immediately due and
payable without any deceleration or other act on the part of the Trustee or
Holder.

      Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in
the Indenture. The Trustee is under no obligation to exercise any of its rights
or powers under this Indenture at the request, order or direction of any of the
Holders, unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity.
Subject to all provisions of the Indenture and applicable law, the Holders of a
majority in aggregate principal amount of the then Outstanding Notes have the
right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any
remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on
the Trustee. The Trustee may withhold from Holders notice of any continuing
Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default in the payment
of principal or, premium, if any, or interest on any Note) if and so long as a
committee of its Trust Officers in good faith determines that withholding notice
is in the interests of the Holders.

13. Trustee Dealings with the Company.

      Subject to certain limitations set forth in the Indenture, the Trustee
under this Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the
owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with and collect obligations
owed to it by the Company or its Affiliates and may otherwise deal with the
Company or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not
Trustee.

14. No Recourse Against Others.

      An incorporator, director, officer, employee, stockholder or controlling
person, as such, of the Company or any Note Guarantor shall not have any
liability for any obligations of the Company under the Notes, the Indenture or
any Note Guarantee or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such
obligations or their creation. By accepting a Note, each Holder waives and
releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the
consideration for the issue of the Notes.

                                     A-12
<PAGE>

15. Authentication.

      This Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee
(or an authenticating agent acting on its behalf) manually signs the certificate
of authentication on the other side of this Note.

16. Abbreviations.

      Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an
assignee, such as TEN COM (=tenants in common), TEN ENT (=tenants by the
entirety), JT TEN (=joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants
in common), CUST (=custodian) and U/G/M/A (=Uniform Gift to Minors Act).

17. CUSIP and ISIN Numbers.

      Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform
Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be
printed on the Notes and has directed the Trustee to use CUSIP numbers in
notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as
to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained
in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other
identification numbers placed thereon.

      The Company has caused ISIN numbers to be printed on the Notes and has
directed the Trustee to use ISIN numbers in notices of redemption as a
convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such
numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of
redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers
placed thereon.

18. Governing Law.

      This Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws
of the State of New York.

      The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without
charge to the Holder a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to:

                               Coleman Cable, Inc.
                               1530 Shields Drive
                            Waukegan, Illinois 60085
                       Attention: Chief Financial Officer

                                     A-13
<PAGE>

                                 ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

I or we assign and transfer this Note to

      ________________________________________________________
      (Print or type assignee's name, address and zip code)

      ________________________________________________________
      (Insert assignee's Social Security or Tax I.D. Number)

and irrevocably appoint ____________________ agent to transfer this Note on the
books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

                                       Date: _________________________________
                                       Your Signature: _______________________
                                       Sign exactly as your name appears on the
                                       other side of this Note.

                                       Signature Guarantee: __________________
                                           (Signature must be guaranteed)
                                       The signature(s) should be guaranteed by
                                       an eligible guarantor institution
                                       (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan
                                       associations and credit unions with
                                       membership in an approved signature
                                       guarantee medallion program), pursuant
                                       to Exchange Act Rule 17Ad-15.

                                     A-14
<PAGE>

                SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTE

    The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  Principal Amount of      Signature of
                   Amount of decrease    Amount of increase in     this Global Note     authorized signatory
                   in Principal Amount    Principal Amount of       following such       of Trustee or Note
Date of Exchange   of this Global Note      this Global Note     decrease or increase       Custodian
----------------   -------------------      ----------------     --------------------   --------------------
<S>                <C>                   <C>                     <C>                    <C>
</TABLE>

                                     A-15
<PAGE>

                       OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

      If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant
to Section 3.8 or Section 3.11 of the Indenture, check either box:

                    [  ]                                   [  ]
               SECTION 3.8                            SECTION 3.11

      If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the
Company pursuant to Section 3.8 or Section 3.11 of the Indenture, state the
principal amount (which must be an integral multiple of $1,000) that you want to
have purchased by the Company: $

      Date: ________           Your Signature ______________________________

                               (Sign exactly as your name appears on the
                               other side of the Note)

      Signature Guarantee: _________________________________________________
                           (Signature must be guaranteed)

                                         The signature(s) should be guaranteed
                                         by an eligible guarantor institution
                                         (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan
                                         associations and credit unions with
                                         membership in an approved signature
                                         guarantee medallion program), pursuant
                                         to Exchange Act Rule 17Ad-15.

                                     A-16
<PAGE>

                                                                       EXHIBIT B

                FORM OF TRANSFER CERTIFICATE FOR TRANSFER TO QIB

                                     [Date]

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas
Trust and Securities Services
222 South Riverside Plaza, 24th Floor
Chicago, Illinois 60606

            Re: 9 7/8% Senior Notes Due 2012 (the "Notes")
                of Coleman Cable, Inc. (the "Company")

Ladies and Gentlemen:

      Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of September 28, 2004
(as amended and supplemented from time to time, the "Indenture"), between the
Company, the Note Guarantors from time to time party thereto and Deutsche Bank
Trust Company Americas, as Trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined
herein shall have the meanings given them in the Indenture.

      This letter relates to the transfer of $[_________] aggregate principal
amount of Notes [in the case of a transfer of an interest in a Regulation S
Global Note: , which represents an interest in a Regulation S Global Note
beneficially owned] by the undersigned (the "Transferor") in exchange for an
equivalent beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note.

      In connection with such request, and with respect to such Notes, the
Transferor does hereby certify that such Notes are being transferred in
accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended ("Rule
144A"), to a transferee that the Transferor reasonably believes is purchasing
the Notes for its own account or an account with respect to which the transferee
exercises sole investment discretion, and the transferee, as well as any such
account, is a "qualified institutional buyer" within the meaning of Rule 144A,
in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and in accordance with
applicable securities laws of any state of the United States or any other
jurisdiction.

      You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this letter and are
irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested
party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with
respect to the matters covered hereby.

      Very truly yours,

      [Name of Transferor]

      By: _______________________________

      ___________________________________
      Authorized Signature

                                       B-1
<PAGE>

                                                                       EXHIBIT C

        FORM OF CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED IN CONNECTION WITH TRANSFERS
                            PURSUANT TO REGULATION S

                                     [Date]

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas
Trust and Securities Services
222 South Riverside Plaza, 24th Floor
Chicago, Illinois 60606

            Re: 9 7/8% Senior Notes Due 2012 (the "Notes")
                of Coleman Cable, Inc. (the "Company")

Ladies and Gentlemen:

      Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of September 28, 2004
(as amended and supplemented from time to time, the "Indenture"), between the
Company, the Note Guarantors from time to time party thereto and Deutsche Bank
Trust Company Americas, as Trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined
herein shall have the meanings given them in the Indenture.

      In connection with the proposed sale of $[___________] aggregate principal
amount of the Notes [in the case of a transfer of an interest in a 144A Global
Note: , which represents an interest in a 144A Global Note beneficially owned]
by the undersigned (the "Transferor"), we confirm that such sale has been
effected pursuant to and in accordance with Regulation S under the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), and, accordingly, we represent
that:

            (a) the offer of the Notes was not made to a person in the United
      States;

            (b) either (i) at the time the buy order was originated, the
      transferee was outside the United States or we and any person acting on
      our behalf reasonably believed that the transferee was outside the United
      States or (ii) the transaction was executed in, on or through the
      facilities of a designated off-shore securities market and neither we nor
      any person acting on our behalf knows that the transaction has been
      pre-arranged with a buyer in the United States;

            (c) no directed selling efforts have been made in the United States
      in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of
      Regulation S, as applicable;

            (d) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the
      registration requirements of the Securities Act; and

            (e) we are the beneficial owner of the principal amount of Notes
      being transferred.

                                       C-1
<PAGE>

      In addition, if the sale is made during a Distribution Compliance Period,
(i) the beneficial interest will be held through the Euroclear System or
Clearstream Banking (as indirect participants in DTC), and (ii) if the
provisions of Rule 904(b)(1) or Rule 904(b)(2) of Regulation S are applicable
thereto, we confirm that such sale has been made in accordance with the
applicable provisions of Rule 904(b)(1) or Rule 904(b)(2), as the case may be.

      You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this letter and are
irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested
party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with
respect to the matters covered hereby. Terms used in this letter have the
meanings set forth in Regulation S.

      Very truly yours,

      [Name of Transferor]

      By: _______________________________

      ___________________________________
      Authorized Signature

                                       C-2
<PAGE>

                                                                       EXHIBIT D

                         FORM OF RULE 144 CERTIFICATION

                                           [Date]

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas
Trust and Securities Services
222 South Riverside Plaza, 24th Floor
Chicago, Illinois 60606

            Re: 9 7/8% Senior Notes Due 2012 (the "Notes")
                of Coleman Cable, Inc. (the "Company")

Ladies and Gentlemen:

      Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of September 28, 2004
(as amended and supplemented from time to time, the "Indenture"), between the
Company, the Note Guarantors from time to time party thereto and Deutsche Bank
Trust Company Americas, as Trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined
herein shall have the meanings given them in the Indenture.

      In connection with the proposed sale of $[___________] aggregate principal
amount of the Notes [in the case of a transfer of an interest in a 144A Global
Note: , which represents an interest in a 144A Global Note beneficially owned]
by the undersigned (the "Transferor"), we confirm that such sale has been
effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

      You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this letter and are
irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested
party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with
respect to the matters covered hereby.

      Very truly yours,

      [Name of Transferor]

      By: _______________________________

      ___________________________________
      Authorized Signature

                                       D-1
<PAGE>

                                                                       EXHIBIT E

                        FORM OF ADDITIONAL NOTE GUARANTEE

      This Supplemental Indenture, dated as of [___________] (this "Supplemental
Indenture"), between [name of Additional Note Guarantor], a [_____________]
[corporation][limited liability company] (the "New Note Guarantor"), Coleman
Cable, Inc., a Delaware corporation (together with its successors and assigns,
the "Company"), each other Note Guarantor under this Indenture referred to
below, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee under this Indenture
referred to below.

                                   WITNESSETH:

      WHEREAS, the Company and the Trustee have heretofore executed and
delivered an Indenture, dated as of September 28, 2004 (as amended,
supplemented, waived or otherwise modified, the "Indenture"), providing for the
issuance of 9 7/8% Senior Notes Due 2012 of the Company (the "Notes");

      WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 10.5 of the Indenture, the Company is
required to cause each Domestic Restricted Subsidiary created or acquired by the
Company to execute and deliver to the Trustee an Additional Note Guarantee
pursuant to which such Domestic Restricted Subsidiary will unconditionally
guarantee, jointly and severally with the other Note Guarantors, if any, the
Company's full and prompt payment of the Obligations (as defined in the
Indenture) in respect of the Indenture and the Notes; and

      WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.1 of the Indenture, the Trustee, the
Company and the existing Note Guarantors (if any) are authorized to execute and
deliver this Supplemental Indenture to amend or supplement the Indenture,
without the consent of any Holder;

      NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and
valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the New
Note Guarantor, the Company, each other Note Guarantor (if any) and the Trustee
mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the holders of
the Notes as follows:

                                    Article I
                                   Definitions

      Section 1.1. Defined Terms. Unless otherwise defined in this Supplemental
Indenture, terms defined in the Indenture are used herein as therein defined.

                                   Article II
                        Agreement to be Bound; Guarantee

      Section 2.1. Agreement to be Bound. The New Note Guarantor hereby becomes
a party to the Indenture as a Note Guarantor and as such will have all of the
rights and be subject to all of the obligations and agreements of a Note
Guarantor under this Indenture. The New Note Guarantor hereby agrees to be bound
by all of the provisions of the Indenture applicable to a

                                       E-1
<PAGE>

      Note Guarantor and to perform all of the obligations and agreements of a
Note Guarantor under this Indenture.

      Section 2.2. Guarantee. The New Note Guarantor hereby fully,
unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees, as primary obligor and not merely as
surety, jointly and severally with each other Note Guarantor (if any), to each
Holder of the Notes and the Trustee, the full and punctual payment when due,
whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, of the
Obligations, all as more fully set forth in Article X of the Indenture.

                                   Article III
                                  Miscellaneous

      Section 3.1. Notices. Any notice or communication delivered to the Company
under the provisions of the Indenture shall constitute notice to the New Note
Guarantor.

      Section 3.2. Parties. Nothing expressed or mentioned herein is intended or
shall be construed to give any Person, firm or corporation, other than the
Holders and the Trustee, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or
in respect of this Supplemental Indenture or the Indenture or any provision
herein or therein contained.

      Section 3.3. Governing Law, etc. This Supplemental Indenture shall be
governed by the provisions set forth in Section 11.8 of the Indenture.

      Section 3.4. Severability. In case any provision in this Supplemental
Indenture shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and
enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or
impaired thereby and such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of
such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability.

      Section 3.5. Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indenture Part of
Indenture. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects
ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof
shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a
part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every holder of Notes heretofore or
hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby. The Trustee makes
no representation or warranty as to the validity or sufficiency of this
Supplemental Indenture.

      Section 3.6. Duplicate and Counterpart Originals. The parties may sign any
number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. One signed copy is enough to
prove this Supplemental Indenture. This Supplemental Indenture may be executed
in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be an original,
but all of them together represent the same agreement.

      Section 3.7. Headings. The headings of the Articles and Sections in this
Supplemental Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are
not intended to be considered as a part hereof and shall not modify or restrict
any of the terms or provisions hereof.

                                       E-2
<PAGE>

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental
Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

                                         COLEMAN CABLE, INC.

                                         By:___________________________________
                                            Name:
                                            Title:

                                         [NAME OF NEW NOTE GUARANTOR],
                                         as a Note Guarantor

                                         By:___________________________________
                                            Name:
                                            Title:

                   [COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING SIGNATURE BLOCK
                   FOR EACH EXISTING NOTE GUARANTOR, IF ANY:]

                                         [NAME OF NOTE GUARANTOR],
                                         as a Note Guarantor

                                         By:___________________________________
                                            Name:
                                            Title:

                                         DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY
                                             AMERICAS, AS TRUSTEE

                                         By:___________________________________
                                            Name:
                                            Title:

                                       E-3
<PAGE>

                                                                       EXHIBIT F

        FORM OF CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED IN CONNECTION WITH TRANSFERS
                      TO INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTORS

                                           [Date]

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas
Trust and Securities Services
222 South Riverside Plaza, 24th Floor
Chicago, Illinois 60606

            Re: 9 7/8% Senior Notes Due 2012 (the "Notes")
                of Coleman Cable, Inc. (the "Company")

Ladies and Gentlemen:

      Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of September 28, 2004
(as amended and supplemented from time to time, the "Indenture"), between the
Company, the Note Guarantors from time to time party thereto and Deutsche Bank
Trust Company Americas, as Trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined
herein shall have the meanings given them in the Indenture.

      In connection with the proposed sale of $[___________] aggregate principal
amount of the Notes [in the case of a transfer of an interest in a 144A Global
Note: , which represents an interest in a 144A Global Note beneficially owned]
[in the case of a transfer of an interest in a Regulation S Global Note: , which
represents an interest in a Regulation S Global Note beneficially owned] by the
undersigned (the "Transferor"), we hereby confirm that:

      1. We understand that any subsequent transfer of the Notes is subject to
certain restrictions and conditions set forth in the Indenture and the
undersigned agrees to be bound by, and not to resell, pledge or otherwise
transfer the Notes except in compliance with such restrictions and conditions
and the Securities Act.

      2. We understand that the Notes have not been registered under the
Securities Act or any other applicable securities law, and that the Notes may
not be offered, sold or otherwise transferred except as permitted in the
following sentence. We agree, on our own behalf and on behalf of any accounts
for which we are acting as hereinafter stated, that if we should offer, sell,
transfer, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of any Notes within two years
after the original issuance of the Notes, we will do so only (a) to a person
whom we reasonably believe is a qualified institutional buyer (as defined in
Rule 144A under the Securities Act) in a transaction meeting the requirements of
Rule 144A, (b) in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144 under the
Securities Act, (c) outside the United States to a non-U.S. person in a
transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 903 or 904 under the Securities
Act, (d) to an institutional "accredited investor" (as defined in rule
501(a)(1),(2),(3) or (7) under the Securities Act) that,

                                       F-1
<PAGE>
prior to such transfer, furnishes the Trustee a signed letter containing the
representations and agreements set forth herein and, if such transfer is in
respect of an aggregate principal amount of notes less than $100,000, an opinion
of counsel acceptable to the Company that such transfer is in compliance with
the Securities Act, or (e) in accordance with another exemption from the
registration requirements of the Securities Act (and based upon an opinion of
counsel and other certifications and documents if the issuer so requests), (ii)
to the Company, or (iii) pursuant to an effective registration statement, and,
in each case, in accordance with any applicable securities laws of any state of
the United States or any other applicable jurisdiction. We further understand
that the Notes purchased by us will bear a legend to the foregoing effect.

      3. We are an institutional "accredited investor" (as defined in Rule
501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act) and have such knowledge and
experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the
merits and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we and any accounts for
which we are acting are acquiring the Notes for investment purposes and not with
a view to, or offer of sale in connection with, any distribution in violation of
the Securities Act, and we are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its
investment.

      4. We are acquiring the Notes purchased by us for our own account or for
one or more accounts (each of which is an institutional "accredited investor")
as to each of which we exercise sole investment discretion.

      You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this letter and are
irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested
party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with
respect to the matters covered hereby.

                                                   Very truly yours,

                                       F-2<PAGE>

                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.1

                                                       PERSONAL AND CONFIDENTIAL

                            PAYLESS SHOESOURCE, INC.
                              3231 EAST 6TH AVENUE
                                  P.O. BOX 1189
                            TOPEKA, KANSAS 66601-1189
                                 (785) 233-5171
                                EXECUTIVE OFFICES

JAY A. LENTZ, PHD.
SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT
   HUMAN RESOURCES

                                                  May 20, 2005
Matthew E. Rubel
113 Foreside Road,
Falmouth, Maine  04105

                  Re:      Employment Agreement

Dear Matt:

This is your EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT with PAYLESS SHOESOURCE, INC., a Delaware
corporation (the "Company"). It sets forth the terms of your employment with the
Company and its affiliates from time to time (together, the "Group").

1. YOUR POSITION, PERFORMANCE AND OTHER ACTIVITIES

      (a) Position. You will be employed in the position of Chief Executive
Officer of the Company. You will be appointed to the Company's Board of
Directors (the "Board") as of your Start Date (as defined in Section 2) and the
Company will use reasonable efforts to cause you to be nominated for re-election
each time your term expires during your employment. You agree to serve as a
member of the Board, as well as a member of any Board committee to which you may
be elected or appointed.

      (b) Authority, Responsibilities and Reporting. You shall be the most
senior officer of the Company and you shall be responsible for the oversight and
management of all operations and activities of the Group. Each employee of the
Group shall report, directly or indirectly, to you provided that such reporting
relationship is in compliance with the charter and bylaws of the Company and all
applicable laws and regulations, including the rules of the stock exchange on
which the Company is listed. You shall report directly and exclusively to the
Board in its entirety (and not to any individual member thereof).

      (c) Performance. During your employment, you will devote substantially all
of your business time and attention to the Group and will use good faith efforts
to discharge your responsibilities under this Agreement to the best of your
ability. During your employment, your place of performance will be Topeka,
Kansas or such other place as the Board determines to locate the Company's
headquarters, subject to your right to resign for "Good Reason" (as defined in
Section 5(c)) upon certain relocations of the Company's headquarters as
described in Section 5(c)(1)G).

      (d) Other Activities. During your employment, you will not render any
business, commercial or professional services to any non-member of the Group.
However, you may (1) serve on corporate, civic or charitable boards, (2) manage
personal investments, and (3) deliver lectures, fulfill speaking engagements or
teach at educational institutions, so long as (A) these activities do not
interfere in more

<PAGE>

than a de minimis manner with your performance of your responsibilities under
this Agreement and (B) any service on a corporate board, and any service on more
than two civic and/or charitable boards, is approved by the Board. The boards on
which you expect to serve are: American Apparel & Footwear Association and
Portland Museum of Arts.

2. TERM OF YOUR EMPLOYMENT

Your employment under this Agreement will (a) begin on August 1, 2005 or such
earlier date that is mutually agreed by you and the Company (the "Start Date" of
this Agreement) provided that the condition set forth in Section 10(c) is
satisfied on or prior to June 30, 2005 and (b) end at the close of business on
the earlier of (1) the end of the Compensation Period or (2) the effective date
of early termination of your employment. Your "Compensation Period" begins on
your Start Date and is initially scheduled to end on May 31, 2008 (the "Initial
End Date"). Beginning on May 31, 2008 and on each following anniversary, your
Compensation Period will automatically extend for one year unless either you or
the Company gives at least 90 days' prior notice of non-extension. References in
this Agreement to "your employment" are to your employment under this Agreement.
This Agreement will only become effective on the Start Date and will
automatically terminate if you do not accept and agree to this Agreement by June
30, 2005.

3. YOUR COMPENSATION

      (a) Salary. During your employment, you will receive an annual base salary
(as increased from time to time, your "Salary"). The starting amount of your
Salary is $1,000,000. The Company will review your Salary at least annually and
may increase it at any time for any reason and your Salary may not be decreased
at any time (including after any increase) without your consent; references in
this Agreement to Salary shall mean your annual base salary as so increased or
decreased. Any increase in your Salary will not reduce or limit any other
obligation to you under this Agreement. Your Salary will be paid in accordance
with the Company's practices for senior executives of the Company.

      (b) Bonus. You will be eligible to receive an annual cash bonus (your
"Bonus") for each fiscal year of the Company ending during your employment. The
amount of your Bonus will be determined by the Board (or the Board's
Compensation Committee) based on the achievement of performance goals
established by the Board (or the Board's Compensation Committee) in consultation
with you. Your minimum annual cash bonus target will be equal to 75% of your
Salary (the "Target Annual Bonus") and, in the discretion of the Board (or the
Board's Compensation Committee), you will have the opportunity to earn a Bonus
in excess of the Target Annual Bonus for achievement of performance in excess of
the established performance goals. Your Bonus will be paid in accordance with
the Company's practices for senior executives of the Company. For the Company's
fiscal year ending January 28, 2006, you are guaranteed to receive a Bonus of at
least $750,000 multiplied by the number of elapsed days from your Start Date
through January 28, 2006 divided by 365, provided you are in the employ of the
Company on the date the Bonus is paid.

      (c) Initial Equity Incentive Awards.

            (1) In addition to your Salary and Bonus, on your Start Date you
      will be awarded

                  (A) stock options to purchase 720,000 shares of the Company's
            common stock (your "Sign-On Stock Options") and

                                       2
<PAGE>

                  (B) 214,250 restricted shares of the Company's common stock
            (your "Sign-On Stock").

            (2) Your Sign-On Options will have the terms and conditions set
      forth in an award agreement between the Company and you that is
      substantially in the form attached as Exhibit 1. Your Sign-On Stock
      Options will have an exercise price equal to the closing price of the
      Company's common stock on your Start Date. Subject to the terms of the
      award agreement, one-half of your Sign-On Options (i.e., options on
      360,000 shares) will vest and first become exercisable in equal one-third
      installments on the first, second and third anniversaries, respectively,
      of your Start Date and the balance of your Sign-On Options (i.e., the
      remaining options on 360,000 shares) will vest and first become
      exercisable in equal one-third installments on the second, third and
      fourth anniversaries, respectively, of your Start Date.

            (3) Your Sign-On Stock will have the terms and conditions set forth
      in an award agreement between the Company and you that is substantially in
      the form attached as Exhibit 2. Subject to the terms of the award
      agreement, your Sign-On Stock will vest on the third anniversary of your
      Start Date.

            (4) You will be eligible to receive equity-based compensation awards
      following your Start Date in the sole discretion of the Compensation
      Committee of the Board.

      (d) Long-Term Cash Awards. During your employment, you will be eligible to
participate in the Company's Incentive Compensation Plan (and any successor
plan) for each performance period starting with and after the Company's fiscal
year beginning January 29, 2006 (your"Long-Term Cash Award"). However, on your
Start Date you will be deemed to participate in each of the 2004-2006 and
2005-2007 performance cycles that are already in progress under such plan (1)
subject to the achievement of the performance goals that are already established
for each cycle and (2) based on a target cash award of $450,000 for the
2004-2006 cycle and a target cash award $450,000 for the 2005-2007 cycle, in
each case multiplied by the number of elapsed days between your Start Date and
the last day of the applicable cycle (or if earlier the effective date of early
termination of your employment) divided by 1095. In addition, your minimum
target cash award for the 2006-2008 performance cycle established by the Board
(or the Board's Compensation Committee) will be $450,000.

      (e) Special Cash Award. You will receive a one-time cash award equal to
the amount of profit sharing and annual bonus you forfeit from your prior
employer by virtue of resigning to accept your position with the Company, to be
paid promptly following the later of (i) your Start Date and (ii) the date on
which you advise the Company of the fact of such forfeiture. However, this
one-time cash award is subject to a maximum of $640,000.

      (f) Other Executive Compensation Plans and Additional Compensation. During
your employment, you will be eligible to participate in all of the Group's
executive compensation plans, including any management incentive plans, deferred
compensation plans, supplemental retirement plans and equity plans, in which
senior executives of the Company participate.

4. OTHER EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

      (a) Employee Benefit Plans. During your employment, you will be eligible
to participate in the Group's employee benefit and welfare plans, including
plans providing retirement benefits, medical, dental, hospitalization, life or
disability insurance, on a basis that is at least as favorable as that provided
to senior executives of the Company. However, for purposes of determining your
benefits under the

                                       3
<PAGE>

Payless ShoeSource, Inc. Supplementary Retirement Plan (the "SRP"), your
"Compensation" as defined in Section 1.13 of the SRP shall include only the
amounts paid to (or earned by) you pursuant to Sections 3(a) and 3(b) of this
Agreement.

      (b) Vacation. You will be entitled to paid annual vacation during your
employment on a basis that is at least as favorable as that provided under the
Company's vacation policy (but in no event less than four weeks annually).

      (c) Business Expenses. You will be reimbursed for business and
entertainment expenses incurred by you in performing your responsibilities under
this Agreement. However, your reimbursement will be subject to the Company's
normal practices for senior executives of the Company.

      (d) Relocation Benefit. You will be reimbursed for the reasonable costs
incurred in connection with your relocation to the Topeka or Kansas City, Kansas
metropolitan area in a manner no less generous in any aspect than as in
accordance with the Company's Executive Relocation Policy (in the form provided
to you prior to the date hereof) and consistent with applicable law. In
addition, you will be reimbursed for otherwise unreimbursed expenses incurred in
connection with the purchase, preparation and decoration of your new home in
Kansas, subject to a maximum of $75,000.

      (e) Perquisites. During your Compensation Period, you will be entitled to
(1) personal use of the corporate aircraft in accordance with the Company's
proposed standard practice instructions for such use (in the form provided to
you prior to the date hereof), (2) reimbursement of up to $16,000 per year for
payment of annual club dues and an automobile, (3) reimbursement of up to $2,900
per year for income tax preparation and $5,000 per year for the purchase of
excess medical insurance, (4) access to a Company-paid driver up to four days a
week who can drive you to and from your principal residence in the Topeka or
Kansas City, Kansas metropolitan area to the Company's headquarters in Topeka,
Kansas, and (5) reimbursement of up to $7,500 per year for payment of the Young
Presidents Organization local and international chapter fees.

5. EARLY TERMINATION OF YOUR EMPLOYMENT

      (a) No Reason Required. You or the Company may terminate your employment
early at any time for any reason, or for no reason, subject to compliance with
Section 5(e).

      (b) Termination by the Company for Cause.

             (1) "Cause" means any of the following:

                  (A) Your failure, either due to willful action or as a result
            of gross neglect, to substantially perform your duties and
            responsibilities to the Group under this Agreement (other than any
            such failure resulting from your incapacity due to physical or
            mental illness) that has not been cured within thirty (30) days
            after written notice is delivered to you by the Board, which notice
            specifies in reasonable detail the manner in which the Company
            believes you have not substantially performed your duties and
            responsibilities.

                  (B) Your engagement in conduct which is demonstrably and
            materially injurious to the Group, or that materially harms the
            reputation or financial position of the Group, unless the conduct in
            question was undertaken in good faith and with a rational business
            purpose and based upon the honest belief that such conduct was in
            the best interest of the Group.

                                       4
<PAGE>

                  (C) Your indictment or conviction of, or plea of guilty or
            nolo contendere to, a felony or any other crime involving
            dishonesty, fraud or moral turpitude. However, if after your
            indictment the Company terminates your employment "for Cause" but
            the charges are dropped or you are acquitted of the charges, you
            will be entitled to the benefits set forth in Section 6(b).

                  (D) Your being found liable in any SEC or other civil or
            criminal securities law action or entering any cease and desist
            order with respect to such action (regardless of whether or not you
            admit or deny liability).

                  (E) Your breach of your fiduciary duties to the Group which
            has a material adverse effect on the Group. However, to the extent
            the breach is curable, the Company must give you notice and a
            reasonable opportunity to cure.

                  (F) Your (i) obstructing or impeding, (ii) endeavoring to
            obstruct or impede or (iii) failing to materially cooperate with,
            any investigation authorized by the Board or any governmental or
            self-regulatory entity.

                  (G) Your unauthorized use or disclosure of confidential or
            proprietary information, or related materials, or the violation of
            any of the terms of the Company's standard confidentiality policies
            and procedures, in the case of any item identified in this clause
            (G) which may reasonably be expected to have a material adverse
            effect on the Group and that, if capable of being cured, has not
            been cured within thirty (30) days after written notice is delivered
            to you by the Company, which notice specifies in reasonable detail
            the alleged unauthorized use or disclosure or violation.

                  (H) Your material breach of a material provision of the
            Group's Policy on Business Conduct (and any successor code of
            conduct and ethics).

For this definition, no act or omission by you will be "willful" unless it is
made by you in bad faith or without a reasonable belief that your act or
omission was in the best interests of the Group. Any act, or failure to act,
based on authority given pursuant to a resolution duly adopted by the Board or
based upon the advice of counsel to the Company shall be presumed to be done, or
omitted to be done, by you in good faith and in the best interests of the Group.

            (2) To terminate your employment "for Cause", the Board must
      determine in good faith that Cause has occurred, the Company must comply
      with Section 5(e) and the Company must deliver to you a copy of a
      resolution duly adopted by a majority of the entire Board (excluding you)
      at a meeting of the Board called and held for such purpose (after
      reasonable notice to you and a reasonable opportunity for you, with your
      legal counsel, to be heard) that finds that in the good faith opinion of
      the Board, Cause has occurred and states the basis for that belief
      ("Notice of Cause").

            (3) If the Board does not give Notice of Cause within 90 days after
      any member of the Board (other than you and any other member of the Board
      involved in the event) has actual knowledge that an event constituting
      Cause has occurred, the Board cannot assert that event as a basis to
      terminate your employment "for Cause". For the avoidance of doubt, the
      waiver or non-assertion by the Board of a particular Cause event does not
      preclude the Board from providing in accordance with this Section a Notice
      of Cause with respect to a subsequent Cause event.

                                       5
<PAGE>

      (c) Termination by You for Good Reason.

             (1) "Good Reason" means any of the following:

                  (A) Any material and adverse change in your position with the
            Group for any reason other than your termination of employment by
            the Company for Cause or by reason of your Disability. However, a
            reduction in your responsibilities as a result of the appointment of
            a President of the Company and, to the extent you are named
            President, the removal of such title shall not be a material and
            adverse change so long as you retain all of the authority,
            responsibilities and reporting relationships as provided in Section
            1(b).

                  (B) Your not being appointed to the Board on your Start Date
            or the Company's failure to cause you to be nominated to the Board
            for any reason other than your termination of employment by the
            Company for Cause or by reason of your Disability.

                  (C) Failure by the Company to provide you with authority,
            responsibilities and reporting relationships as provided in Section
            1(b) or any material and adverse reduction in your authority,
            responsibility or reporting relationships or the assignment of any
            duties inconsistent in any material and adverse respect with your
            position, authority, duties or responsibilities, for any reason
            other than your termination of employment by the Company for Cause
            or by reason of your Disability.

                  (D) Any failure by the Company to comply with Section 3.

                  (E) Any purported termination by the Company of your
            employment that is in breach of this Agreement.

                  (F) The Company notifies you that it will not extend your
            Compensation Period for a period that ends prior to your Retirement
            for any reason other than Cause or your Disability. References in
            this Agreement to "your Retirement" means the date of the Company's
            annual meeting of shareholders occurring in the year of your 65th
            birthday.

                  (G) Any failure by the Company to comply with Section 11(c).

                  (H) The relocation of the Company's headquarters or your
            principal office more than 35 miles from its location on the Start
            Date if such relocation increases your one-way commute from your
            principal residence by more than 35 miles, unless such relocation is
            to the New York City metropolitan area.

            (2) The Company's placing you on paid leave for up to 90 consecutive
      days while it is determining whether there is a basis to terminate your
      employment for Cause will not constitute Good Reason.

            (3) To terminate your employment "for Good Reason," Good Reason must
      have occurred and you must comply with Section 5(e). However, prior to
      complying with Section 5(e), (A) you must first give the Company notice
      and a 30-day period to cure the event constituting Good Reason under
      Section 5(c) ("Notice of Good Reason") and (B) if you do not give Notice
      of Good Reason within 90 days after you have knowledge that an event
      constituting Good Reason has occurred, the event will no longer constitute
      Good Reason. For the avoidance of doubt, Good Reason will not include any
      isolated, insubstantial and inadvertent failure by the Company that is

                                       6
<PAGE>

      not in bad faith and is cured promptly on your giving the Company notice
      and an event will not constitute Good Reason if you have consented to it
      in accordance with Section 13(e).

      (d) Termination on Disability or Death.

            (1) The term "Disability" means your absence from your
      responsibilities with the Company on a full-time basis for 130 business
      days in any consecutive 12 months as a result of incapacity due to mental
      or physical illness or injury. If the Company determines in good faith
      that your Disability has occurred, it may give you a Termination Notice.
      If within 30 days following the Termination Notice you do not return to
      full-time performance of your responsibilities, your employment will
      terminate. If you do return to full-time performance in that 30-day
      period, the Termination Notice will be cancelled for all purposes of this
      Agreement. Except as provided in this Section 5(d), your incapacity due to
      mental or physical illness or injury will not affect the Company's
      obligations under this Agreement.

            (2) Your employment will terminate automatically on your death.

      (e) Advance Notice Generally Required.

            (1) To terminate your employment before the end of your Compensation
      Period, either you or the Company must provide a Termination Notice to the
      other. A "Termination Notice" is a written notice that states the specific
      provision of this Agreement on which termination is based, including, if
      applicable, the specific clause of the definition of Cause or Good Reason
      and a reasonably detailed description of the facts that permit termination
      under that clause. (The failure to include any fact in a Termination
      Notice that contributes to a showing of Cause or Good Reason does not
      preclude either party from asserting that fact in enforcing its rights
      under this Agreement.)

            (2) You and the Company agree to provide 90 days' advance
      Termination Notice of any early termination (although the Company may
      accelerate the end of your employment by providing you with notice),
      unless your employment is terminated by the Company for Cause or because
      of your Disability or death. Accordingly, the effective date of early
      termination of your employment will be 90 days after Termination Notice is
      given (unless the Company elects to accelerate the end of your employment)
      except that

                  (A) the effective date will be the date of the Company's
            Termination Notice if your employment is terminated by the Company
            for Cause, although the Company may provide a later effective date
            in the Termination Notice,

                  (B) the effective date will be 30 days after Termination
            Notice is given if your employment is terminated because of your
            Disability, and

                  (C) the effective date will be the time of your death if your
            employment is terminated because of your death.

            The Company may elect to place you on paid leave for all or part of
            the advance notice period.

            (3) The effective date of termination of your employment is referred
      to herein as the "Termination Date".

                                       7
<PAGE>

6. THE COMPANY'S OBLIGATIONS IN CONNECTION WITH YOUR EARLY TERMINATION

      (a) General Effect. On termination in accordance with Sections 2 and 5,
your employment will end and the Group will have no further obligations to you
except as provided in this Section 6.

      (b) For Good Reason or Without Cause. If, during your Compensation Period,
the Company terminates your employment without Cause or you terminate your
employment for Good Reason in accordance with Section 5:

            (1) The Company will pay you the following as of the end of your
      employment: (A) your unpaid Salary, (B) your Salary for any accrued but
      unused vacation and (C) any accrued expense reimbursements (together, your
      "Accrued Compensation"). In addition, the Company will timely pay you any
      other amounts and provide to you any benefits that are required, or to
      which you are entitled on or after your Termination Date, under any plan,
      contract or arrangement of the Group (together, the "Other Benefits").

            (2) The Company will pay you your Accrued Bonus. Your "Accrued
      Bonus" means the sum of (A) any unpaid Bonus for the fiscal year ending
      before the Termination Date and (B) any excess of (i) your Target Annual
      Bonus for the fiscal year in which the Termination Date occurs multiplied
      by the number of days of your employment since the fiscal year ending
      before the Termination Date divided by 365 over (ii) any Bonus paid to you
      for a fiscal year ending after the Termination Date.

            (3) The Company will pay you your Accrued Long-Term Cash Award. Your
      "Accrued Long-Term Cash Award" means the sum of (A) any unpaid Long-Term
      Cash Award for the performance cycle(s) ending in the fiscal year before
      the Termination Date and (B) any excess of (i) your target Long-Term Cash
      Award for each performance cycle ending in or in progress during the
      fiscal year in which the Termination Date occurs multiplied by the number
      of days of your employment during the applicable performance cycle divided
      by the total number of days in the applicable performance cycle over (ii)
      any Long-Term Cash Award(s) paid to you in respect of such performance
      cycle(s).

            (4) The Company will pay you ratably over 24 months, on a bi-weekly
      basis, an amount equal to two (2) times the sum of your (A) Salary and (B)
      Target Annual Bonus for the fiscal year in which the Termination Notice is
      given.

            (5) The unvested stock options issued by the Group to you (including
      the Sign-On Options), that, absent the end of your employment, would have
      vested and become exercisable in the 24-month period following the
      Termination Date, will immediately vest and become exercisable and remain
      exercisable until the earlier of (x) three years following the Termination
      Date and (y) the final expiration date of such options. The Sign-On Stock
      (if not previously vested) will immediately vest and any other restricted
      stock or equity-based compensation awarded by the Group to you, that,
      absent the end of your employment, would have vested in the 24-month
      period following the Termination Date, will vest and become immediately
      payable in accordance with the terms of the applicable award agreement(s).

            (6) You, your spouse and your dependents will continue to be
      entitled to participate in each of the Group's employee welfare plans
      providing for medical, dental or other health insurance on a basis
      (including costs) that is at least as favorable as that provided to senior
      officers of the Company (the "Medical Benefits"). However, if the Group's
      plans do not permit

                                       8
<PAGE>

      you, your spouse or your dependents to participate on this basis, the
      Company will provide Medical Benefits (with the same after-tax effect for
      you) outside of the plans. Each Medical Benefit will be provided until the
      earlier of (A) your becoming employed by another employer and being
      eligible for coverage from your new employer in respect of such Medical
      Benefit and (B) the expiration of the 24-month period following the
      Termination Date.

            (7) You will be credited with two (2) additional years of age and
      "Plan Service" under the SRP (but not for any purpose relating to
      satisfying the "age 50" requirement under Section 3.2(c) of the SRP in
      connection with a change in control of the Company).

            (8) You will be entitled to an allowance of up to $15,000 for your
      reasonable outplacement expenses.

      (c) For Cause or Without Good Reason. If, during your Compensation Period,
the Company terminates your employment for Cause or you terminate your
employment without Good Reason, the Company will pay your Accrued Compensation
and provide you your Other Benefits.

      (d) Retirement, Disability or Death. If, during your Compensation Period,
your employment terminates as a result of your Retirement, death or Disability,
the Company will pay your Accrued Compensation and Accrued Bonus and will
provide your Other Benefits.

      (e) Change of Control. On your Start Date, you and the Company will enter
into a Change of Control Agreement in the form attached as Exhibit 3. If there
is a "Change of Control" as defined in your Change of Control Agreement, your
Change of Control Agreement will supersede this Agreement (except as set forth
therein). However, to the extent there is a change of control of the Company
that does not qualify as a "Change of Control" under the Change of Control
Agreement but nevertheless causes any payments under this Agreement to become
subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code,
you shall be entitled to the additional payments and benefits of Section 8 of
your Change of Control Agreement with respect to such payments.

      (f) Indemnification. On your Start Date, you and the Company will enter
into an Indemnification Agreement in the form attached as Exhibit 4.

      (g) Condition. As a condition to making the payments and providing the
benefits stated in this Section 6, the Company may require you to execute and
deliver a general release in which you (i) release all claims that you may have
in respect of your employment against any member of the Group and any of their
respective past or present officers, directors or employees other than your
rights under this Agreement or any other agreement reflecting any payment or
benefit described in this Agreement or another agreement into which you and the
Company subsequently enter and (ii) covenant that you have not filed and will
not file any civil action, suit, arbitration, administrative charge, or legal
proceeding against any of the released parties in respect of the released claims
(and such release shall contain no other covenant or obligation on your part).

      (h) Timing. The benefits provided in this Section 6 will begin on your
Termination Date, and unless otherwise specified, any cash payments owed you
under this Section 6 will be paid in a lump sum within 15 business days
following the effective date of your termination. If the Company determines that
you are a "key employee" within the meaning of Section 409A of the Internal
Revenue Code and that, as a result of such status, any portion of the payments
under this Agreement (without regard to any other plan of deferred compensation)
would be subject to additional or accelerated taxation, the Company will delay
paying such portion of the payment until the earliest permissible date on which
payments may

                                       9
<PAGE>

commence without triggering such additional taxation (with such delay not to
exceed six months), with the first such payment to include the amounts that
would have been paid earlier but for the above delay plus simple interest on any
unpaid amounts equal to 6-month LIBOR on the Termination Date plus 450 basis
points.

      (i) Resignation from Directorships and Officerships. Unless the Group
waives this requirement, the termination of your employment for any reason will
constitute your resignation from (1) any director, officer or employee position
you then have with any member of the Group and (2) all fiduciary positions
(including as trustee) you hold with respect to any pension plans or trusts
established by any member of the Group. You agree that this Agreement will serve
as your written notice of resignation in this circumstance.

7. PROPRIETARY INFORMATION AND WORK PRODUCT

      (a) Definition. "Proprietary Information" means confidential or
proprietary information, knowledge or data concerning (1) the Group's
businesses, strategies, operations, financial affairs, organizational matters,
personnel matters, budgets, profit margins, seasonal plans, goals, objectives
and projections, compilations, analyses and projections regarding the Group's
divisions, businesses, product segments, product lines, suppliers, sales and
expenses, supplier and customer list, advertising and business plans, marketing
plans, studies, policies, procedures, products, ideas, processes, software
systems, trade secrets and technical know-how, (2) any other matter relating to
the Group and (3) any matter relating to suppliers of the Group (including the
Group's terms, conditions and other business arrangements with suppliers) or
other third parties having relationships with the Group. Proprietary Information
includes (A) information regarding any aspect of your tenure as an employee of
the Group or the termination of your employment, (B) the names, addresses, and
phone numbers and other information concerning clients and prospective clients
of the Group, and (C) information and materials concerning personnel information
of the Group. In addition, Proprietary Information may include information
furnished to you orally or in writing (whatever the form or storage medium) or
gathered by inspection, in each case before or after the date of this Agreement.
However, Proprietary Information does not include information (i) that was or
becomes generally available to the public, other than as a result of a
disclosure by you, directly or indirectly, or as a result of the violation by a
third party of the Group's confidentiality rights, (ii) that you can establish
was independently developed by you without reference to any Proprietary
Information or (iii) your personal contact information.

      (b) Use and Disclosure. You will obtain or create Proprietary Information
in the course of your involvement in the Group's activities and may already have
Proprietary Information. You agree that the Proprietary Information is the
exclusive property of the Group, and that, during your employment, you will use
and disclose Proprietary Information only for the Group's benefit and in
accordance with any restrictions placed on its use or disclosure by the Group.
After your employment, you will not use or disclose any Proprietary Information.
In addition, nothing in this Agreement will operate to weaken or waive any
rights that the Group may have under statutory or common law, or any other
agreement, to the protection of trade secrets, confidential business information
and other confidential information.

      (c) Return of Proprietary Information. At the Company's request and/or
upon termination of your employment, you will return to the Company all
documents, records, notebooks, computer diskettes and tapes and anything else
containing Proprietary Information, including all copies thereof, as well as any
other property of the Group, in your possession, custody or control. You will
also delete from your own computer or other electronic storage medium any
Proprietary Information. Not later than 20 days after termination of your
employment, you will certify in writing to the Group that you have complied with
these obligations.

                                       10
<PAGE>

      (d) Work Product. You agree to disclose fully to the Group, and hereby
assign and transfer to the Group, and agree to execute any additional
documentation the Group may reasonably request to evidence the assignment and
transfer, immediately upon the conception, development, making or acquisition
thereof, the right, title, and interest in and to any and all inventions,
discoveries, improvements, innovations, and/or designs (the "Work Product")
conceived, discovered, developed, acquired or secured by you, solely or jointly
with others or otherwise, together with all associated U.S. and foreign
intellectual property rights (i.e., patents, copyrights, trademarks or trade
secrets) either:

            (1) during the period of your employment, if such Work Product is
      related directly or indirectly, to the business of, or to the research or
      development work of the Group;

            (2) with the use of the time, materials, or facilities of the Group;
      or

            (3) within one year after termination of your employment if
      conceived as a result of and is attributable to work done during such
      employment and relates to Work Product within the scope of the business of
      the Group, together with rights to all intellectual property rights which
      may be granted thereon.

Upon discovery, development or acquisitions or any such Work Product, you shall
notify the Group and shall execute and deliver to the Group, without further
compensation, such documents prepared by the Group as may be reasonable or
necessary to prepare or prosecute applications for such Work Product and to
assign and transfer to the Group your right, title and interest in and to such
Work Product and intellectual property rights thereof. You acknowledge that you
have carefully read and considered the provisions of this paragraph and, having
done so, agree that the restrictions set forth herein are fair and reasonable
and are reasonably required for the protection of the interests of the Group,
its officers, directors, and other executives.

      (e) Limitations. Nothing in this Agreement prohibits (i) you or any member
of the Group from providing truthful testimony or information to governmental,
regulatory or self-regulatory authorities, (ii) you or any member of the Group
from having discussions with legal counsel for the purpose of asserting or
defending the party's legal rights or (iii) you from having discussions with
your financial and tax advisors for purposes of personal financial and tax
planning, provided that in the case of your disclosure to any financial or tax
advisor (other than your legal counsel), such advisor(s) agree in writing to be
bound by Sections 7(b) and 7(c) to the same extent that you are bound.

8. ONGOING RESTRICTIONS ON YOUR ACTIVITIES

      (a) General Effect. This Section 8 applies during your employment and for
the 24-month period after your employment ends. This Section uses the following
defined terms:

            "Competitive Enterprise" shall include, but not be limited to:

            (1) any retail business with gross sales or revenue in the prior
      fiscal year of more than $25 million (or which is a subsidiary, affiliate
      or joint venture partner of a business with gross sales or revenue in the
      prior fiscal year of more than $25 million) which sells footwear at retail
      to consumers at price points competitive, or likely to be competitive with
      the Group (e.g., including, without limitation, Wal-Mart, K-Mart, Target,
      Ames, Mervyn's Pic-N-Pay, Foot Star, Inc., Edison, Aldo, Genesco, Venator,
      Famous Footwear, Shoe Carnival, Jones Apparel Group, Kohl's, Liz
      Claiborne, Big Five, J.C. Penney and Sears) within 20 miles of any store
      of the Group

                                       11
<PAGE>

      or the store of any wholesale customer of the Group in the United States,
      or anywhere in any foreign country in which the Group has retail stores,
      franchisees or wholesale customers;

            (2) any franchising or wholesaling business with gross sales or
      revenue in the prior fiscal year of more than $25 million (or which is a
      subsidiary, affiliate or joint venture partner of a business with gross
      sales or revenue in the prior fiscal year of more than $25 million) which
      sells footwear at wholesale to franchisees, retailers or other footwear
      distributors located within 20 miles of any store of the Group or the
      store of any wholesale customer of the Group in the United States, or
      anywhere in any foreign country in which the Group has retail stores,
      franchisees or wholesale customers;

            (3) any footwear manufacturing business with gross sales or revenue
      in the prior fiscal year of more than $25 million (or which is a
      subsidiary, affiliate or joint venture partner of a business with gross
      sales or revenue in the prior fiscal year of more than $25 million) which
      sells footwear to retailers or other footwear distributors located within
      20 miles of any store of the Group or the store of any wholesale customer
      of the Group in the United States, or anywhere in any foreign country in
      which the Group has retail stores, franchisees, or wholesale customers;
      (e.g., including, without limitation, Jones Apparel Group, Dexter, Stride
      Rite, Liz Claiborne, Wolverine Worldwide, Timberland, Nike, Reebok,
      K-Swiss, Keds and Adidas); or

            (4) any business which provides buying office services to any store
      or group of stores or businesses referred to in paragraphs (1), (2) or (3)
      above.

            "Client" means any client or prospective client of the Group to whom
      you provided services, or for whom you transacted business, or whose
      identity became known to you in connection with your relationship with or
      employment by the Group.

            "Solicit" means any direct or indirect communication of any kind,
      regardless of who initiates it, that in any way invites, advises,
      encourages or requests any person to take or refrain from taking any
      action.

      (b) Your Importance to the Group and the Effect of this Section 8. You
acknowledge that:

            (1) In the course of your involvement in the Group's activities, you
      will have access to Proprietary Information and the Group's client base
      and will profit from the goodwill associated with the Group. On the other
      hand, in view of your access to Proprietary Information and your
      importance to the Group, if you compete with the Group for some time after
      your employment, the Group will likely suffer significant harm. In return
      for the benefits you will receive from the Group and to induce the Group
      to enter into this Agreement, and in light of the potential harm you could
      cause the Group, you agree to the provisions of this Section 8. The
      Company would not have entered into this Agreement if you did not agree to
      this Section 8.

            (2) In light of Section 8(b)(1), if you breach any provision of this
      Section 8, the loss to the Company would be material but the amount of
      loss would be uncertain and not readily ascertainable.

            (3) This Section 8 limits your ability to earn a livelihood in a
      Competitive Enterprise and your relationships with Clients. You
      acknowledge, however, that complying with this Section 8 will not result
      in severe economic hardship for you or your family.

                                       12
<PAGE>

      (c) Your Payment Obligations.

            (1) If you fail to comply with this Section 8 during the
      Compensation Period and for a 24-month period thereafter, other than any
      isolated, insubstantial and inadvertent failure that is not in bad faith,
      you will forfeit all remaining payments owed to you under Section 6.

            (2) With respect to any equity-based compensation awarded to you by
      the Company from time to time (including Exhibits 1 and 2 hereto),
      notwithstanding Section 6.1 of the Company's 1996 Stock Incentive Plan,
      the Company shall not be entitled to cancel or rescind or demand repayment
      in respect of or as a remedy for any purported violation of this Section 8
      or any similar covenants in any other plan, policy, arrangement or
      agreement applicable to you.

      (d) Non-Competition. During your Compensation Period and for a 24-month
period after termination of your employment, you will not directly or
indirectly:

            (1) hold more than or equal to the greater of $25,000 or 1% of any
      equity, debt, voting or profit participation interest in a Competitive
      Enterprise; or

            (2) associate (including as a director, officer, employee, partner,
      consultant, agent or advisor) with a Competitive Enterprise and in
      connection with your association engage, or directly or indirectly manage
      or supervise personnel engaged, in any activity:

                  (A) that is substantially related to any activity that you
            were engaged in,

                  (B) that is substantially related to any activity for which
            you had direct or indirect managerial or supervisory responsibility,
            or

                  (C) that calls for the application of specialized knowledge or
            skills substantially related to those used by you in your
            activities;

            in each case, for the Group at any time during the year before the
      end of your employment (or, if earlier, the year before the date of
      determination).

      (e) Non-Solicitation of Clients. During your Compensation Period and for a
24-month period after termination of your employment, you will not attempt to:

            (1) Solicit any Client to transact business with a Competitive
      Enterprise or to reduce or refrain from doing any business with the Group,

            (2) transact business with any Client that would cause you to be a
      Competitive Enterprise or that would cause any Client to reduce or refrain
      from doing any business with the Group, or

            (3) interfere with or damage any relationship between the Group and
      a Client.

      (f) Non-Solicitation of Group Employees. During your Compensation Period
and for a 24-month period after termination of your employment, you will not
attempt to Solicit anyone who is then an employee of the Group (or who was an
employee of the group within the prior six months) to resign from the Group or
to apply for or accept employment with any Competitive Enterprise.

                                       13
<PAGE>

      (g) Notice to New Employers. Before you accept employment with any other
person or entity while any of Section 8(d), (e) or (f) is in effect, you will
provide the prospective employer with written notice of the provisions of this
Section 8 and you will deliver a copy of the notice to the Group no later than
your first day of employment with such employer.

9. NO PUBLIC STATEMENTS OR UNFAVORABLE PUBLICITY

After your employment, you agree not to take any action that is intended to harm
the Group or its reputation or which leads to unwanted or unfavorable publicity
to the Group and you agree that you will not make any public statement that
would libel, slander or disparage any member of the Group or any of their
respective past or present executive officers or directors. After your
employment, the Company agrees, on behalf of the members of the Board and the
executives who are your direct reports on the Termination Date, that neither
such Board member nor such direct reports (in each case, during their tenure as
director or employee, respectively) will make any public statement that is
intended to libel, slander or disparage you. This Section 9 is subject to
Section 7(e). This Section 9 shall not prevent you from making good faith
comparative claims regarding the goods and services of the Company and those of
an entity by which you are subsequently employed or in which you obtain a
financial interest, so long as such activity does not violate Section 8. Nothing
in the preceding sentence shall have any impact on the interpretation of Section
8.

10. ENTIRE AGREEMENT; NO CONFLICT; WRITTEN WAIVER

      (a) Entire Agreement. This Agreement (including the Exhibits hereto), the
Change of Control Agreement and the Indemnification Agreement (the "Signing
Agreements") are the entire agreement between you and the Company with respect
to the relationship contemplated by the Signing Agreements and supersede any
earlier agreement, written or oral, with respect to the subject matter of the
Signing Agreements. In entering into the Signing Agreements, no party has relied
on or made any representation, warranty, inducement, promise or understanding
that is not in the Signing Agreements.

      (b) No Conflicts. Your execution of this Agreement and performance of the
obligations under this Agreement by you do not and will not conflict with,
violate the terms of, or constitute a default under, and will be in compliance
with any agreement or instrument to which you are a party or by which you are
bound, or to which you are subject. You are not party to any employment
contract, confidentiality agreement or other agreement that contains any
restriction that will affect the performance of your duties hereunder. You
represent that (A) your negotiations with the Group have not interfered with
your duties as an employee, partner or member of another entity, (B) you have
not and will not solicit or encourage any employee of another entity to leave
such entity's employment in violation of any agreement between such entity and
you and (C) you have not, and will not, use, retain or disclose to the Group any
confidential information of another entity.

      (c) Written Waiver. In order for this Agreement to become valid and
binding, you must deliver to the Company prior to June 30, 2005 a valid written
waiver from your prior employer confirming the agreement of such employer not to
enforce its post-employment non-competition restrictions against you during your
employment with the Group.

11. SUCCESSORS

      (a) Payments on Your Death. If you die and any amounts become payable
under this Agreement, we will pay those amounts to your estate.

                                       14
<PAGE>

      (b) Assignment by You. You may not assign this Agreement without the
Company's consent. Also, except as required by law, your right to receive
payments or benefits under this Agreement may not be subject to execution,
attachment, levy or similar process. Any attempt to effect any of the preceding
in violation of this Section 11(b), whether voluntary or involuntary, will be
void.

      (c) Assumption by any Surviving Company. Before the effectiveness of any
merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange or similar transaction
(including an exchange offer combined with a merger or consolidation) involving
the Company (a "Reorganization") or any sale, lease or other disposition
(including by way of a series of transactions or by way of merger,
consolidation, stock sale or similar transaction involving one or more
subsidiaries) of all or substantially all of the Company's consolidated assets
(a "Sale"), the Company will cause (1) the Surviving Company to unconditionally
assume this Agreement in writing and (2) a copy of the assumption to be provided
to you. After the Reorganization or Sale, the Surviving Company will be treated
for all purposes as the Company under this Agreement. The "Surviving Company"
means (A) in a Reorganization, the entity resulting from the Reorganization or
(B) in a Sale, the entity that has acquired all or substantially all of the
assets of the Company.

12. DISPUTES

      (a) Employment Matter. This Section 12 applies to any controversy or claim
between you and the Group arising out of or relating to or concerning this
Agreement or any aspect of your employment with the Group or the Seller or the
termination of that employment (together, an "Employment Matter").

      (b) Mandatory Arbitration. SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION 12,
ANY EMPLOYMENT MATTER WILL BE FINALLY SETTLED BY ARBITRATION IN SHAWNEE COUNTY,
KANSAS ADMINISTERED BY THE AMERICAN ARBITRATION ASSOCIATION UNDER ITS COMMERCIAL
ARBITRATION RULES THEN IN EFFECT. However, the rules will be modified in the
following ways: (1) the decision must not be a compromise but must be the
adoption of the submission by one of the parties, (2) each arbitrator will agree
to treat as confidential evidence and other information presented to the same
extent as the information is required to be kept confidential under Section 7,
(3) there will be no authority to amend or modify the terms of this Agreement
except as provided in Section 13(c) (and you and the Group agree not to request
any such amendment or modification), (4) a decision must be rendered within 10
business days of the parties' closing statements or submission of post-hearing
briefs and (5) the arbitration will be conducted before a panel of three
arbitrators, one selected by you within 10 days of the commencement of the
notice of arbitration, one selected by the Company in the same period and the
third selected jointly by these arbitrators (or, if they are unable to agree on
an arbitrator within 30 days of the commencement of arbitration, the third
arbitrator will be appointed by the American Arbitration Association; provided
that the arbitrator shall be a partner or former partner at a nationally
recognized law firm who is experienced in employment matters).

      (c) Limitation on Damages. You and the Group agree that there will be no
punitive damages payable as a result of any Employment Matter and agree not to
request punitive damages.

      (d) Injunctions and Enforcement of Arbitration Awards. You or the Group
may bring an action or special proceeding in a state or federal court of
competent jurisdiction sitting in the City of Topeka or Shawnee County, Kansas
to enforce any arbitration award under Section 12(b). ALSO, NOTWITHSTANDING
ANYTHING TO THE CONTRARY IN THIS AGREEMENT, THE GROUP MAY BRING AN ACTION OR
PROCEEDING, IN ADDITION TO ITS RIGHTS UNDER SECTION 12(b) AND WHETHER OR NOT AN
ARBITRATION PROCEEDING HAS BEEN OR IS EVER INITIATED, TO TEMPORARILY,
PRELIMINARILY OR PERMANENTLY ENFORCE ANY PART OF SECTIONS 7 AND 8 IN STATE OR
FEDERAL COURT . You agree that (1) your violating any part of Sections 7 and 8
would cause

                                       15
<PAGE>

damage to the Group that cannot be measured or repaired and (2) the Group
therefore is entitled to an injunction, restraining order or other equitable
relief restraining any actual or threatened violation of any of those Sections.

      (e) Jurisdiction and Choice of Forum. You and the Group irrevocably submit
to the exclusive jurisdiction of any state or federal court located in the City
of Topeka or Shawnee County, Kansas over any Employment Matter that is not
otherwise arbitrated or resolved according to Section 12(b). This includes any
action or proceeding to compel arbitration or to enforce an arbitration award.
Both you and the Group (1) acknowledge that the forum stated in this Section
12(e) has a reasonable relation to this Agreement and to the relationship
between you and the Group and that the submission to the forum will apply even
if the forum chooses to apply non-forum law, (2) waive, to the extent permitted
by law, any objection to personal jurisdiction or to the laying of venue of any
action or proceeding covered by this Section 12(e) in the forum stated in this
Section, (3) agree not to commence any such action or proceeding in any forum
other than the forum stated in this Section 12(e) and (4) agree that, to the
extent permitted by law, a final and non-appealable judgment in any such action
or proceeding in any such court will be conclusive and binding on you and the
Group. However, nothing in this Agreement precludes you or the Group from
bringing any action or proceeding in any court for the purpose of enforcing the
provisions of Sections 12(b) and this 12(e).

      (f) Waiver of Jury Trial. TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, YOU AND THE
GROUP WAIVE ANY AND ALL RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL WITH RESPECT TO ANY EMPLOYMENT
MATTER.

      (g) Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAW OF THE STATE OF KANSAS APPLICABLE TO CONTRACTS MADE AND
TO BE PERFORMED ENTIRELY WITHIN THAT STATE.

      (h) Costs. To the extent permitted by law, the Company will pay as
incurred on a quarterly basis any reasonable expenses, including reasonable
attorney's fees (and such fees incurred at your attorney's normal hourly rates
will be presumed reasonable), you incur as a result of any Employment Matter,
provided that you make satisfactory arrangements to repay such expenses if you
ultimately do not prevail on one material issue in such dispute. Additionally,
the Company will reimburse your reasonable attorney's fees, not to exceed
$35,000, incurred by you in entering into this Employment Agreement.

13. GENERAL PROVISIONS

      (a) Construction. (1) References (A) to Sections are to sections of this
Agreement unless otherwise stated; (B) to any contract (including this
Agreement) are to the contract as amended, modified, supplemented or replaced
from time to time; (C) to any statute, rule or regulation are to the statute,
rule or regulation as amended, modified, supplemented or replaced from time to
time (and, in the case of statutes, include any rules and regulations
promulgated under the statute) and to any section of any statute, rule or
regulation include any successor to the section; (D) to any governmental
authority include any successor to the governmental authority; (E) to any plan
include any programs, practices and policies; (F) to any entity include any
corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association, business trust
and similar organization and include any governmental authority; and (G) to any
affiliate of any entity are to any person or other entity directly or indirectly
controlling, controlled by or under common control with the first entity.

            (2) The various headings in this Agreement are for convenience of
      reference only and in no way define, limit or describe the scope or intent
      of any provisions or Sections of this Agreement.

                                       16
<PAGE>

            (3) Unless the context requires otherwise, (A) words describing the
      singular number include the plural and vice versa, (B) words denoting any
      gender include all genders and (C) the words "include", "includes" and
      "including" will be deemed to be followed by the words "without
      limitation."

            (4) It is your and the Group's intention that this Agreement not be
      construed more strictly with regard to you or the Group.

      (b) Withholding. You and the Group will treat all payments to you under
this Agreement as compensation for services. Accordingly, the Group may withhold
from any payment any taxes that are required to be withheld under any law, rule
or regulation.

      (c) Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is found by any court
of competent jurisdiction (or legally empowered agency) to be illegal, invalid
or unenforceable for any reason, then (1) the provision will be amended
automatically to the minimum extent necessary to cure the illegality or
invalidity and permit enforcement and (2) the remainder of this Agreement will
not be affected. In particular, if any provision of Section 8 is so found to
violate law or be unenforceable because it applies for longer than a maximum
permitted period or to greater than a maximum permitted area, it will be
automatically amended to apply for the maximum permitted period and maximum
permitted area.

      (d) No Set-off or Mitigation. Except as provided in Section 6(b)(9) or if
your employment is terminated by the Company for Cause, your and the Company's
respective obligations under this Agreement will not be affected by any set-off,
counterclaim, recoupment or other right you or any member of the Group may have
against each other or anyone else. You do not need to seek other employment or
take any other action to mitigate any amounts owed to you under this Agreement.

      (e) Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications under
this Agreement must be in writing and will be deemed given (1) on the business
day sent, when delivered by hand or facsimile transmission (with confirmation)
during normal business hours, (2) on the business day after the business day
sent, if delivered by a nationally recognized overnight courier or (3) on the
third business day after the business day sent if delivered by registered or
certified mail, return receipt requested, in each case to the following address
or number (or to such other addresses or numbers as may be specified by notice
that conforms to this Section 13(e)):

If to you, to your address then on file with the Company's payroll department.

If to the Company or any other member of the Group, to:

                  Payless Shoe Source Inc.
                  3231 SE Sixth Avenue
                  Topeka, KS  66607
                  Attention: General Counsel
                  Facsimile:  785-368-7524

      (f) Consideration. This Agreement is in consideration of the mutual
covenants contained in it. You and the Group acknowledge the receipt and
sufficiency of the consideration to this Agreement and intend this Agreement to
be legally binding.

      (g) Amendments and Waivers. Any provision of this Agreement may be amended
or waived but only if the amendment or waiver is in writing and signed, in the
case of an amendment, by you and the

                                       17
<PAGE>

Company or, in the case of a waiver, by the party that would have benefited from
the provision waived. Except as this Agreement otherwise provides, no failure or
delay by you or the Group to exercise any right or remedy under this Agreement
will operate as a waiver, and no partial exercise of any right or remedy will
preclude any further exercise.

      (h) Third Party Beneficiaries. Subject to Section 11, this Agreement will
be binding on, inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties and
their respective heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns. This
Agreement does not confer any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities to
any entity or person other than you and the Company and your and the Company's
permitted successors and assigns, although (1) this Agreement will inure to the
benefit of the Group and (2) Section 11(a) will inure to the benefit of the most
recent persons named in a notice under that Section.

      (i) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of
which will constitute an original and all of which, when taken together, will
constitute one agreement. However, this Agreement will not be effective until
the date both parties have executed this Agreement.

                                      Very truly yours,

                                      /s/ Jay A. Lentz

BY SIGNING THIS AGREEMENT, I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT I (A) HAVE RECEIVED A COPY OF
THIS AGREEMENT FOR REVIEW AND STUDY BEFORE SIGNING IT, (B) HAVE READ THIS
AGREEMENT CAREFULLY BEFORE SIGNING IT, (C) HAVE HAD SUFFICIENT OPPORTUNITY TO
REVIEW THE AGREEMENT WITH ANY ADVISOR I DESIRED TO CONSULT, INCLUDING LEGAL
COUNSEL, (D) HAVE HAD SUFFICIENT OPPORTUNITY BEFORE SIGNING IT TO ASK ANY
QUESTIONS ABOUT THIS AGREEMENT AND HAVE RECEIVED SATISFACTORY ANSWERS TO ALL
SUCH QUESTIONS, AND (E) UNDERSTAND MY RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS UNDER THIS
AGREEMENT.

Accepted and agreed to:

            /s/ Matthew E. Rubel
-----------------------------------------
             Matthew E. Rubel

June 17, 2005

                                       18
<PAGE>

                                                                       Exhibit 1

                             PAYLESS SHOESOURCE INC.
                              3231 SE SIXTH STREET
                              TOPEKA, KS 66607-2207
                                 (785) 233-5171

                                EXECUTIVE OFFICES

[Start Date]

Matthew E. Rubel
[Address]
[City, State, ZIP]

Dear Mr. Rubel:

In connection with the commencement of your employment with Payless ShoeSource,
Inc. (the "Company"), you have been granted a non-qualified stock option (the
"Option") to purchase 720,000 shares of the Company's common stock as set forth
below and subject to the terms and conditions attached hereto:

              EXECUTIVE:  Matthew Rubel

             GRANT DATE:  [START DATE]

        OPTIONS GRANTED:  720,000

 OPTION PRICE PER SHARE:  $[PRICE][CLOSING PRICE ON START DATE]

        EXPIRATION DATE:  [7TH YEAR ANNIVERSARY OF GRANT DATE]

       VESTING SCHEDULE:  Options on 120,000 shares vest on [1ST ANNIVERSARY OF
(Subject to the attached    GRANT DATE]
   terms and conditions)  Options on 240,000 shares vest on [2ND ANNIVERSARY OF
                            GRANT DATE]
                          Options on 240,000 shares vest on [3RD ANNIVERSARY OF
                            GRANT DATE]
                          Options on 120,000 shares vest on [4TH ANNIVERSARY OF
                            GRANT DATE]

Payless ShoeSource, Inc. has caused this Agreement, which includes the terms and
conditions attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference, to be
executed in its corporate name and Executive has executed the same in evidence
of Executive's acceptance hereof upon the terms and conditions herein set forth
as of the grant date shown above. Prior to the earliest date on which any
portion of the Option vests, the Company will use its reasonable best efforts to
cause the shares of stock subject to the Option to (i) be registered on Form S-8
under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended and similarly registered, or exempt
from registration, under any applicable state securities laws and (ii) be listed
for trading on the New York Stock Exchange or such other exchange or quotation
system that serves as the primary trading market for the Company's common stock.
By signing below, Executive agrees to conform to all of the terms and conditions
of this Agreement.

PAYLESS SHOESOURCE, INC.

BY: ___________________________________

EXECUTIVE SIGNATURE: ___________________________________ DATE: _________________
                                   [Name]

<PAGE>

          PAYLESS SHOESOURCE, INC. NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

                              TERMS AND CONDITIONS

The Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee (the "Committee") of the
Board of Directors of Payless ShoeSource, Inc. (the "Company") has approved
granting Executive non-qualified options (referred to in this Agreement as
"options") to purchase shares of common stock of the Company ("Stock") on the
terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement.

Therefore, the Company and Executive hereby agree as follows:

1. The Company hereby grants to Executive options to purchase, in the aggregate,
the number of shares of the presently authorized Stock of the Company shown on
the first page of this Agreement, at the option price per share also shown on
the first page of this Agreement. Subject to all other terms and conditions in
this Agreement, the options shall be irrevocable.

2. Subject to all the other terms and conditions in this Agreement, the options
may be exercised by Executive on and after the dates and for the corresponding
number of shares shown in the vesting schedule on the first page of this
Agreement; provided, however, that the options may be exercised only on or
before the expiration date shown on the first page.

3. Executive may exercise options on and after the appropriate vesting dates
(and before a date or event of termination or cancellation) in whole at any
time, or in part from time to time, in each case to the extent vested and in
blocks at least equal to the lesser of one hundred (100) shares or the total
number of shares which are then exercisable. Executive shall give the Company
(i) a written notice ("Notice") to exercise such options in whole or in a
specified part which certifies that Executive is in compliance with the terms
and conditions of this Agreement and (ii) full payment for the shares then being
purchased ("Payment"). Payment may be made by (a) a cashier's or certified check
payable to the order of the Company, (b) a wire transfer to the Company's
account listed on the notice of exercise, (c) delivery of certificates
representing shares of Stock owned by Executive for at least six months with a
"Fair Market Value" (as defined in the Company's 1996 Stock Incentive Plan (the
"1996 Plan")) on the date of exercise equal to 100% of the aggregate Option
Price, (d) subject to the consent of the Committee, making an election in the
Notice to have withheld Stock otherwise issuable upon exercise with a Fair
Market Value on the date of exercise equal to the aggregate Option Price or (e)
in any other manner approved by the Committee. Options will be considered
exercised on the date (the "Exercise Date") when the Notice is properly
delivered to the Company and payment is complete. The Notice is considered
properly delivered on the earliest of (i) the date received in the Compensation
and Benefits Department of the Company, (ii) the date received by a courier, if
sent via independent courier service, or (iii) the date postmarked (by the
United States Post Office), if mailed in the United States mail. Payment under
clauses 3(ii) (a), (b) and (c) is considered complete when received in the
Compensation and Benefits Department of the Company; payment under clause
3(ii)(d), if consented to by the Committee, is considered completed when the
Notice is actually received in the Compensation and Benefits Department of the
Company.

4.    A. (i) In no event may any option be exercised after the seventh
anniversary of the grant date shown on the first page of this Agreement, and any
option may be sooner terminated in accordance with the provisions of this
Section 4.

      (ii) If Executive's employment is terminated by the Company for "Cause"
(as defined in that certain Employment Agreement dated [DATE] between Executive
and the Company) or by Executive without "Good Reason" (as defined in the
Employment Agreement), then all of the outstanding options shall immediately
terminate regardless of any notice period or period of pay in lieu of such
notice required under local statute or at common law, on the earlier of (a) the
date Executive receives notice of termination of employment from the Company and
(b) the date of termination of employment by Executive.

      (iii) If Executive's employment is terminated by the Company without Cause
or by Executive for Good Reason, then the unvested options that, absent the
termination of Executive's employment, would have vested and become exercisable
in the 24-month period following the date of termination, shall immediately vest
and become exercisable and all vested options shall remain exercisable for a
period ending on the earlier of (a) the date upon which the options would
otherwise expire and (b) three years after the date of termination.

      (iv) If Executive's employment terminates by reason of "Retirement" or
"Disability" (each as defined in the Employment Agreement), the term of any then
outstanding options shall extend for a period ending on the earliest of (a) the
date upon which the options would otherwise expire, (b) three years after such
Retirement (for a reason other than Disability) or (c) twelve months after such
Disability. In that event, the number of shares for which options may be
exercised after that Retirement or Disability shall be the number of shares for
which options were exercisable as of the date of that Retirement or Disability,
subject to the other terms and conditions of this Section 4. Options which were
not exercisable as of the date of that Retirement or Disability will no longer
be deemed to be outstanding thereafter.

      (v) (a) If Executive dies while in the employment of the Company without
having fully exercised any then outstanding option, the beneficiary designated
by Executive (or, in the absence of such designation, the executors or
administrators or legatees or distributees of Executive's estate) shall have the
right to exercise such option, in whole or in part during the period ending on
the earlier of (1) the date upon which the options would

<PAGE>

otherwise expire or (2) three years after the date of death. In that event, the
number of shares for which options may be exercised after such death shall be
the number of shares for which options were outstanding on the date of death
(whether or not the options were already exercisable on the date of death).

(b) If Executive dies during any period following Executive's Retirement or
Disability, without having fully exercised any then outstanding option, the
executors or administrators or legatees or distributees of Executive's estate
shall have the right to exercise such option, in whole or in part during the
period ending on the earlier of (1) the date upon which the options would
otherwise expire or (2) three years after the date of death. In that event, the
number of shares for which options may be exercised after such death shall be
the number of shares for which options were exercisable as of the date of the
Retirement or Disability and remain outstanding on the date of Executive's
death.

      (vi) If (a) one of the events described in Section 4 of Part VII of the
1996 Plan occurs and (b) Executive is actively employed on the date of such
event, then from and after such date all options outstanding under this
Agreement shall be exercisable in full without regard to the provisions of
Section 2 of this Agreement.

B. Promptly following each exercise of an option, shares shall be delivered to
Executive by the Company.

C. Each option is personal to Executive, is not transferable by Executive (other
than, upon the death of Executive, by last will and testament or by laws of
descent and distribution) and, during Executive's lifetime, is exercisable only
by Executive.

D. The exercise of each option shall be subject to the condition that if at any
time the Company shall determine in its discretion that the satisfaction of
withholding tax or other withholding liabilities under any applicable U.S.
Federal, state or foreign law ("Withholding Obligation"), or that the consent or
approval of any regulatory body, is necessary as a condition of, or in
connection with, the exercise or the delivery or purchase of shares hereunder,
then in any of those events, the exercise shall not be effective unless that
withholding, consent or approval shall have been effected or obtained free of
any conditions not acceptable to the Company. Executive shall pay any
Withholding Obligation to the Company at the time of the option exercise by one
of the following methods or by such other mode of payment as the Committee may
from time to time authorize: (i) cashier's or certified check, (ii) a personal
check, (iii) wire transfer or (iv) by electing to have withheld a number of the
shares of Stock payable to Executive in connection with the option exercise with
a Fair Market Value on the applicable exercise date equal to the Withholding
Obligation (with any fractional share rounded up to the nearest whole share).

E. If there is (i) any change in the capital structure of the Company through
merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, spin off or otherwise,
(ii) any dividend on the Stock payable in such Stock or (iii) a stock split, or
a combination of shares, the Board shall make appropriate adjustments in the
number and price of shares relating to options under agreement as it deems
equitable, in its absolute discretion.

F. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed by implication or otherwise to
impose any limitation on any right of the Company or subsidiary to terminate
Executive's employment at any time, in the absence of a specific agreement to
the contrary.

G. Any notice to be given under this Agreement by Executive shall be sent by
mail addressed to the Company for the attention of the Compensation and Benefits
Department, 3231 S.E. Sixth Avenue Topeka, KS 66607, and any notice by the
Company to Executive shall be sent by mail addressed to Executive at the address
then on file with the Company's Compensation and Benefits Department. Either
party may, by notice given to the other in accordance with the provisions of
this Section, change the address to which subsequent notices shall be sent.

H. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Kansas. It may
not be modified except in writing signed by both parties.

I. The options are not being granted under the 1996 Plan. However, for ease of
reference, certain sections in this Agreement incorporate specified provisions
of the 1996 Plan. Executive acknowledges that he has received a copy of the 1996
Plan, as the Plan is in effect on the date of this Agreement, and has read and
understands the applicable terms of the 1996 Plan that are incorporated by
reference in this Agreement.
<PAGE>

                                                                       Exhibit 2

                             PAYLESS SHOESOURCE INC.
                              3231 SE SIXTH STREET
                              TOPEKA, KS 66607-2207
                                 (785) 233-5171

                                Executive Offices

[Start Date]

Matthew E. Rubel
[Address]
[City, State, ZIP]

Dear Mr. Rubel:

In connection with the commencement of your employment with Payless ShoeSource,
Inc., you have been granted a restricted stock award of 214,250 shares of the
Company's common stock (the "Restricted Stock") as set forth below and subject
to the terms and conditions attached hereto:

                EXECUTIVE: Matthew Rubel

               GRANT DATE: [START DATE]

RESTRICTED SHARES GRANTED: 214,250

             VESTING DATE: [3rd ANNIVERSARY OF GRANT DATE]

      (Subject to the attached terms and conditions)

Payless ShoeSource, Inc. has caused this Agreement, which includes the terms and
conditions attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference, to be
executed in its corporate name and Executive has executed the same in evidence
of Executive's acceptance hereof upon the terms and conditions herein set forth
as of the grant date shown above. The securities offered under this Agreement
have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. On the
Grant Date or as promptly as practicable thereafter, the Company will use its
reasonable best efforts to register the Restricted Stock on a Form S-3 under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and similarly register, or exempt from
registration, the Restricted Stock under any applicable state securities laws.
On or prior to the earliest date on which the restrictions on the Restricted
Stock lapse, the Company will use its reasonable best efforts to list the
Restricted Stock for trading on the New York Stock Exchange or such other
exchange or quotation system that serves as the primary trading market for the
Company's common stock. By signing below, Executive agrees to conform to all of
the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

PAYLESS SHOESOURCE, INC.

BY: ___________________________________

EXECUTIVE SIGNATURE: _______________________________     DATE: _________________
                                 [Name]

<PAGE>

              PAYLESS SHOE SOURCE, INC. RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT
                              TERMS AND CONDITIONS

The Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee of the Board of Directors
of Payless ShoeSource, Inc. (the "Company") has approved granting Executive
restricted stock on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this
Agreement. Therefore, the Company and Executive hereby agree as follows:

1. The Company hereby grants to Executive, in the aggregate, the number of
shares of the presently authorized common stock of the Company shown on the
first page of this Agreement ("Restricted Stock"), which shall be subject to the
restrictions and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

2. The Company shall hold the certificates for the Restricted Stock in custody
until the restrictions thereon shall lapse, at which time the Company shall
deliver the certificates for such shares to Executive, less any required
withholding.

3. The restrictions on the Restricted Stock are that, before the Vesting Date
(specified on the first page of this Agreement), the shares (i) may not be sold,
assigned, conveyed, transferred, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of,
and (ii) shall be returned to the Company forthwith, and all of Executive's
rights to such shares shall immediately terminate without any payment or
consideration by the Company regardless of any notice period or period of pay in
lieu of such notice required under local statute or at common law, on the
earlier of (a) the date Executive receives notice of termination of employment
for "Cause" (as defined in that certain Employment Agreement dated [DATE]
between Executive and the Company) from the Company and (b) the date Executive
terminates his employment without "Good Reason" (as defined in the Employment
Agreement). However, if before the Vesting Date, Executive's employment with the
Company is involuntarily terminated by the Company without Cause or voluntarily
terminated by Executive for Good Reason, then the restrictions shall lapse as to
all shares of Restricted Stock on the date of termination of employment.

4. Executive agrees that, subject to Section 5 of this Agreement, (a) no later
than the date(s) as of which the restrictions on the Restricted Stock shall
lapse with respect to all or any of the shares of Restricted Stock covered by
this Agreement, Executive shall pay to the Company (in cash or shares of Company
common stock whose fair market value on the date the Restricted Stock vests is
equal to the amount of Executive's tax withholding liability) or make other
arrangements satisfactory to the Committee regarding payment of any Federal,
state or local taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld with respect to
the shares of Restricted Stock for which the restrictions shall lapse; and (b)
notwithstanding the preceding clause (a), the Company shall, to the extent
permitted by law, withhold the applicable number of shares of Restricted Stock
or deduct from any payment of any kind otherwise due to Executive, the amount of
any Federal, state or local taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld
with respect to the Restricted Stock.

5. If Executive properly elects, within thirty (30) days of the Grant Date
(specified on the first page of this Agreement), to include in gross income for
Federal income tax purposes an amount equal to the fair market value of the
shares of Restricted Stock granted on the Grant Date, Executive shall pay to the
Company, or make other arrangements satisfactory to the Committee to pay to the
Company in the year of such grant, any Federal, state or local taxes required to
be withheld with respect to such shares. If Executive fails to make such
payments, the Company shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to
deduct from any payment of any kind otherwise due to Executive any Federal,
state or local taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld with respect to
such shares.

6. Subject to Sections 3 and 7 and the other terms and conditions of this
Agreement, the restrictions on the Restricted Stock shall lapse on the Vesting
Date.

7. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (i) Executive ceases to be an employee of
the Company by reason of "Disability" (as defined in the Employment Agreement)
or death, (ii) Executive has been in the continuous employment of the Company
from the Grant Date through the date of such event, and (iii) such Disability or
death occurs more than one year after the Grant Date, then the restrictions
shall lapse as to all shares of Restricted Stock on the date of Executive's
Disability or death.

8. If there is (i) any change in the capital structure of the Company through
merger, consolidations, reorganization, recapitalization, spin-off or otherwise,
(ii) any dividend on the Restricted Stock, payable in common stock of the
Company, or (iii) a stock split or a combination of shares, the Board shall make
appropriate adjustments in the number of shares relating to Restricted Stock as
it deems equitable, in its absolute discretion.

9. If (a) one of the events described in Section 4 of Part VII of the Company's
1996 Stock Incentive Plan (the "1996 Plan") occurs and (b) Executive is actively
employed on the date of such event, then from and after such date, the
restrictions on all Restricted Stock covered by this Agreement shall immediately
lapse.

10. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed by implication or otherwise to
impose any limitation on any right of the Company to terminate Executive's
employment at any time, in the absence of a specific agreement to the contrary.

11. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Kansas. It may
not be modified except in writing signed by both parties.

12. Any notice to be given under this Agreement by Executive shall be sent by
mail addressed to the Company for the attention of the Compensation and Benefits
Department, 3231 S.E. Sixth Avenue Topeka, KS 66607, and any notice by the
Company to Executive shall be sent by mail addressed to Executive at the address
then on file with the Company's Compensation and Benefits Department. Either
party may, by notice given to the other in accordance with the provisions of
this Section, change the address to which subsequent notices shall be sent.

<PAGE>

13. The Restricted Stock is not being granted under the 1996 Plan. However, for
ease of reference, certain sections in this Agreement incorporate specified
provisions of the 1996 Plan. Executive acknowledges that Executive has received
a copy of the 1996 Plan, as the Plan is in effect on the date of this Agreement,
and has read and understands the applicable terms of the 1996 Plan that are
incorporated by reference into this Agreement.

                                     Page 3
<PAGE>

                                                                       Exhibit 3

                           CHANGE OF CONTROL AGREEMENT

            This CHANGE OF CONTROL AGREEMENT (this "AGREEMENT"), is entered into
as of the __ day of _________, 200__ (the "AGREEMENT DATE"), by and between
Payless ShoeSource, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "COMPANY"), and Matthew E.
Rubel (the "EXECUTIVE").

            WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the "BOARD"), has
determined that it is in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders
to assure that the Company will have the continued dedication of the Executive,
notwithstanding the possibility, threat or occurrence of a Change of Control (as
defined herein). The Board believes it is imperative to diminish the inevitable
distraction of the Executive by virtue of the personal uncertainties and risks
created by a pending or threatened Change of Control and to encourage the
Executive's full attention and dedication to the current Company and in the
event of any threatened or pending Change of Control, and to provide the
Executive with compensation and benefits arrangements upon a Change of Control
that ensure that the compensation and benefits expectations of the Executive
will be satisfied and that are competitive with those of other corporations.
Therefore, in order to accomplish these objectives, the Board has caused the
Company to enter into this Agreement.

            NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS HEREBY AGREED AS FOLLOWS:

            SECTION 1. CERTAIN DEFINITIONS.

            (a) "EFFECTIVE DATE" means the first date on which a Change of
Control occurs. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, if a
Change of Control occurs and if the Executive's employment with the Company is
terminated without Cause or for Good Reason within one year prior to the date on
which the Change of Control occurs then "Effective Date" means the date
immediately prior to the date of such termination of employment unless such
termination did not occur at the request of a third party that has taken steps
reasonably calculated to effect a Change of Control. Further, notwithstanding
anything in this Agreement to the contrary, if a Potential Change of Control
occurs and if the Executive's employment with the Company is terminated as
provided in Section 5(e), then "Effective Date" means the date immediately prior
to the date of such termination of employment.

            (b) "CHANGE OF CONTROL PERIOD" means the period commencing on the
Effective Date and ending on the third anniversary thereof.

            (c) "AFFILIATED COMPANY" means any company controlled by,
controlling or under common control with the Company.

            (d) "CHANGE OF CONTROL" means:

            (1) The acquisition by any individual, entity or group (within the
meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended (the "EXCHANGE ACT")) (a "PERSON") of beneficial ownership (within
the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 20% or more of
either (A) the then-outstanding shares of common stock of the Company (the
"OUTSTANDING COMPANY COMMON STOCK") or (B) the combined voting power of the
then-outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in
the election of directors (the "OUTSTANDING COMPANY VOTING SECURITIES");
provided,

<PAGE>

however, that, for purposes of this Section 1(d), none of the following shall
constitute a Change of Control: (i) any acquisition directly from the Company of
30% or less of Outstanding Company Common Stock or Outstanding Company Voting
Securities provided that at least a majority of the members of the board of
directors of the Company following such acquisition were members of the
Incumbent Board at the time of the Board's approval of such acquisition, (ii)
any acquisition by the Company, (iii) any acquisition by any employee benefit
plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any affiliated
company, or (iv) any acquisition by the Company which, by reducing the number of
shares of Outstanding Company Common Stock or Outstanding Company Voting
Securities, increases the proportionate number of shares of Outstanding Company
Common Stock or Outstanding Company Voting Securities beneficially owned by any
Person to 20% or more of the Outstanding Company Common Stock or Outstanding
Company Voting Securities; provided, however, that, if such Person shall
thereafter become the beneficial owner of any additional shares of Outstanding
Company Common Stock or Outstanding Company Voting Securities and beneficially
owns 20% or more of either the Outstanding Company Common Stock or the
Outstanding Company Voting Securities, then such additional acquisition shall
constitute a Change of Control; or

            (2) Individuals who, as of the date hereof, constitute the Board
(the "INCUMBENT BOARD") cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority
of the Board; provided, however, that any individual becoming a director
subsequent to the date hereof whose election, or nomination for election by the
Company's stockholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the
directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered as though such
individual were a member of the Incumbent Board, but excluding, for this
purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a
result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election
or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or
consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board; or

            (3) Consummation of a reorganization, merger, consolidation or sale
or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (a
"BUSINESS COMBINATION"), in each case, unless, immediately following such
Business Combination, (A) more than 50%, respectively, of the then-outstanding
shares of common stock and the combined voting power of the then-outstanding
voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as
the case may be, of (x) the corporation resulting from such Business
Combination, or (y) a corporation that, as a result of such transaction, owns
the Company or all or substantially all of the Company's assets either directly
or through one or more subsidiaries, is represented by the Outstanding Company
Common Stock and the Outstanding Company Voting Securities (or, if applicable,
is represented by shares into which Outstanding Company Common Stock or
Outstanding Company Voting Securities were converted pursuant to such Business
Combination) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership
immediately prior to such Business Combination of the Outstanding Company Common
Stock and the Outstanding Company Voting Securities, as the case may be, (B) no
Person (excluding any corporation resulting from such Business Combination or
any employee benefit plan (or related trust) of the Company or such corporation
resulting from such Business Combination) beneficially owns, directly or
indirectly, 20% or more of, respectively, the then-outstanding shares of common
stock of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination or the
combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities of such
corporation, except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to the
Business Combination, and (C) at least a majority of the members of the board of
directors of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination were
members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the execution of the initial
agreement or of the action of the Board providing for such Business Combination;
or

<PAGE>

            (4) Approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete
liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

            (e) "POTENTIAL CHANGE OF CONTROL" means:

            (1) At least two directors of a particular class of directors, as of
the date hereof, are replaced for any reason by directors who are not members of
the Incumbent Board at the time of such replacement; provided, however, that any
individual becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election, or
nomination for election by the Company's stockholders, was approved by a vote of
at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall
be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board,
but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of
office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with
respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened
solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the
Board; or

            (2) The Board adopts a resolution to the effect that, for purposes
of this Agreement, a Potential Change of Control has occurred.

            SECTION 2. TERM OF AGREEMENT AND COVERED EMPLOYMENT. (a) TERM OF
AGREEMENT. This Agreement shall be in effect from the Agreement Date and shall
terminate on the third anniversary thereof; provided, however, that, commencing
on the date one year after the Agreement Date, and on each annual anniversary of
such date (such date and each annual anniversary thereof, the "RENEWAL DATE"),
unless previously terminated, this Agreement shall be automatically extended so
as to terminate three years from such Renewal Date, unless, at least 60 days
prior to the Renewal Date, the Company shall give notice to the Executive that
the Change of Control Period shall not be so extended (a "NONRENEWAL NOTICE").
Notwithstanding the delivery of any such Nonrenewal Notice, this Agreement shall
continue in effect for the Change of Control Period if a Change of Control
occurs during the term of this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything in this
Section to the contrary, this Agreement shall terminate if (i) the Executive or
the Company terminates the Executive's employment prior to a Change of Control
(except as provided in Section 1(a)), or (ii) the Executive's employment
terminates in accordance with Sections 1(a), 4 or 5 and the Company has
fulfilled all of its obligations to the Executive under this Agreement.

            (b) COVERED EMPLOYMENT. The Company hereby agrees to continue the
Executive in its employ, and the Executive hereby agrees to remain in the employ
of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, for the
Change of Control Period.

            SECTION 3. TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT. (a) POSITION AND DUTIES. (1) During
the Change of Control Period, (A) the Executive's position (including status,
offices, titles and reporting requirements), authority, duties and
responsibilities shall be at least commensurate in all material respects with
the most significant of those held, exercised and assigned at any time during
the 120-day period immediately preceding the Effective Date and (B) the
Executive's services shall be performed at the office where the Executive was
employed immediately preceding the Effective Date or at any other location less
than 35 miles from such office.

            (2) During the Change of Control Period, and excluding any periods
of vacation and sick leave to which the Executive is entitled, the Executive
agrees to devote

<PAGE>

reasonable attention and time during normal business hours to the business and
affairs of the Company and, to the extent necessary to discharge the
responsibilities assigned to the Executive hereunder, to use the Executive's
reasonable best efforts to perform faithfully and efficiently such
responsibilities. During the Change of Control Period, it shall not be a
violation of this Agreement for the Executive to (A) serve on corporate, civic
or charitable boards or committees, (B) deliver lectures, fulfill speaking
engagements or teach at educational institutions and (C) manage personal
investments, so long as such activities do not significantly interfere with the
performance of the Executive's responsibilities as an employee of the Company in
accordance with this Agreement. It is expressly understood and agreed that, to
the extent that any such activities have been conducted by the Executive prior
to the Effective Date, the continued conduct of such activities (or the conduct
of activities similar in nature and scope thereto) subsequent to the Effective
Date shall not thereafter be deemed to interfere with the performance of the
Executive's responsibilities to the Company.

            (b) COMPENSATION. (1) BASE SALARY. During the Change of Control
Period, the Executive shall receive an annual base salary (the "ANNUAL BASE
SALARY"), which Annual Base Salary shall be paid at a monthly rate at least
equal to 12 times the highest monthly base salary paid or payable, including any
base salary that has been earned but deferred, to the Executive by the Company
and the affiliated companies in respect of the 12-month period immediately
preceding the month in which the Effective Date occurs. During the Change of
Control Period, the Annual Base Salary shall be reviewed at least annually,
beginning no more than 12 months after the last salary increase awarded to the
Executive prior to the Effective Date. Any increase in the Annual Base Salary
shall not serve to limit or reduce any other obligation to the Executive under
this Agreement. The Annual Base Salary shall not be reduced after any such
increase and the term "Annual Base Salary" shall refer to the Annual Base Salary
as so increased.

            (2) ANNUAL BONUS. In addition to the Annual Base Salary, the
Executive shall be awarded, for each fiscal year ending during the Change of
Control Period, an annual bonus (the "ANNUAL BONUS") in cash at least equal to
the Executive's highest bonus under the Company's annual and long-term incentive
plans, or any comparable bonus under any predecessor or successor plan, for the
last three full fiscal years prior to the Effective Date (annualized, in the
event that the Executive was not employed by the Company for the whole of such
fiscal year) (the "RECENT ANNUAL BONUS"). Each such Annual Bonus shall be paid
no later than the end of the third month of the fiscal year next following the
fiscal year for which the Annual Bonus is awarded, unless the Executive shall
elect to defer the receipt of such Annual Bonus.

            (3) INCENTIVE, SAVINGS AND RETIREMENT PLANS. During the Change of
Control Period, the Executive shall be entitled to participate in all incentive,
savings and retirement plans, practices, policies, and programs applicable
generally to other peer executives of the Company and the affiliated companies,
but in no event shall such plans, practices, policies and programs provide the
Executive with incentive opportunities (measured with respect to both regular
and special incentive opportunities, to the extent, if any, that such
distinction is applicable), savings opportunities and retirement benefit
opportunities, in each case, less favorable, in the aggregate, than the most
favorable of those provided by the Company and the affiliated companies for the
Executive under such plans, practices, policies and programs as in effect at any
time during the 120-day period immediately preceding the Effective Date or, if
more favorable to the Executive, those provided generally at any time after the
Effective Date to other peer executives of the Company and the affiliated
companies.

<PAGE>

            (4) WELFARE BENEFIT PLANS. During the Change of Control Period, the
Executive and/or the Executive's family, as the case may be, shall be eligible
for participation in and shall receive all benefits under welfare benefit plans,
practices, policies and programs provided by the Company and the affiliated
companies (including, without limitation, medical, prescription, dental,
disability, employee life, group life, accidental death and travel accident
insurance plans and programs) to the extent applicable generally to other peer
executives of the Company and the affiliated companies, but in no event shall
such plans, practices, policies and programs provide the Executive with benefits
that are less favorable, in the aggregate, than the most favorable of such
plans, practices, policies and programs in effect for the Executive at any time
during the 120-day period immediately preceding the Effective Date or, if more
favorable to the Executive, those provided generally at any time after the
Effective Date to other peer executives of the Company and the affiliated
companies.

            (5) EXPENSES. During the Change of Control Period, the Executive
shall be entitled to receive prompt reimbursement for all reasonable expenses
incurred by the Executive in accordance with the most favorable policies,
practices and procedures of the Company and the affiliated companies in effect
for the Executive at any time during the 120-day period immediately preceding
the Effective Date or, if more favorable to the Executive, as in effect
generally at any time thereafter with respect to other peer executives of the
Company and the affiliated companies.

            (6) FRINGE BENEFITS. During the Change of Control Period, the
Executive shall be entitled to fringe benefits, including, without limitation,
tax and financial planning services, payment of club dues, and, if applicable,
use of an automobile, airplane and payment of related expenses, in accordance
with the most favorable plans, practices, programs and policies of the Company
and the affiliated companies in effect for the Executive at any time during the
120-day period immediately preceding the Effective Date or, if more favorable to
the Executive, as in effect generally at any time thereafter with respect to
other peer executives of the Company and the affiliated companies.

            (7) OFFICE AND SUPPORT STAFF. During the Change of Control Period,
the Executive shall be entitled to an office or offices of a size and with
furnishings and other appointments, and to exclusive personal secretarial and
other assistance, at least equal to the most favorable of the foregoing provided
to the Executive by the Company and the affiliated companies at any time during
the 120-day period immediately preceding the Effective Date or, if more
favorable to the Executive, as provided generally at any time thereafter with
respect to other peer executives of the Company and the affiliated companies.

            (8) VACATION. During the Change of Control Period, the Executive
shall be entitled to paid vacation in accordance with the most favorable plans,
policies, programs and practices of the Company and the affiliated companies as
in effect for the Executive at any time during the 120-day period immediately
preceding the Effective Date or, if more favorable to the Executive, as in
effect generally at any time thereafter with respect to other peer executives of
the Company and the affiliated companies.

            SECTION 4. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT. (a) DEATH OR DISABILITY. The
Executive's employment shall terminate automatically if the Executive dies
during the Change of Control Period. If the Company determines in good faith
that the Disability (as defined herein) of the Executive has occurred during the
Change of Control Period (pursuant to the definition of "Disability"), it may
give to the Executive written notice in accordance with Section 11(b) of its
intention to terminate the Executive's employment. In such event, the
Executive's employment

<PAGE>

with the Company shall terminate effective on the 30th day after receipt of such
notice by the Executive (the "DISABILITY EFFECTIVE DATE"), provided that, within
the 30 days after such receipt, the Executive shall not have returned to
full-time performance of the Executive's duties. "DISABILITY" means the absence
of the Executive from the Executive's duties with the Company on a full-time
basis for 180 consecutive business days as a result of incapacity due to mental
or physical illness that is determined to be total and permanent by a physician
selected by the Company or its insurers and acceptable to the Executive or the
Executive's legal representative.

            (b) CAUSE. The Company may terminate the Executive's employment
during the Change of Control Period for Cause. "CAUSE" means:

                  (A) the willful and continued failure of the Executive to
            perform substantially the Executive's duties with the Company or any
            affiliated company (other than any such failure resulting from
            incapacity due to physical or mental illness), after a written
            demand for substantial performance is delivered to the Executive by
            the Board or the Chief Executive Officer of the Company that
            specifically identifies the manner in which the Board or the Chief
            Executive Officer of the Company believes that the Executive has not
            substantially performed the Executive's duties, or

                  (B) the willful engaging by the Executive in illegal conduct
            or gross misconduct that is materially and demonstrably injurious to
            the Company.

            For purposes of this Section 4(b), no act, or failure to act, on the
part of the Executive shall be considered "willful" unless it is done, or
omitted to be done, by the Executive in bad faith or without reasonable belief
that the Executive's action or omission was in the best interests of the
Company. Any act, or failure to act, based upon authority given pursuant to a
resolution duly adopted by the Board or upon the instructions of the Chief
Executive Officer of the Company or a senior officer of the Company or based
upon the advice of counsel for the Company shall be conclusively presumed to be
done, or omitted to be done, by the Executive in good faith and in the best
interests of the Company. The cessation of employment of the Executive shall not
be deemed to be for Cause unless and until there shall have been delivered to
the Executive a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not
less than three-quarters of the entire membership of the Board at a meeting of
the Board called and held for such purpose (after reasonable notice is provided
to the Executive and the Executive is given an opportunity, together with
counsel for the Executive, to be heard before the Board), finding that, in the
good faith opinion of the Board, the Executive is guilty of the conduct
described in Section 4(b)(1) or 4(b)(2), and specifying the particulars thereof
in detail.

            (c) GOOD REASON. The Executive's employment may be terminated by the
Executive for Good Reason. "GOOD REASON" means in the absence of a written
consent by the Executive:

                  (A) the assignment to the Executive of any duties inconsistent
            in any respect with the Executive's position (including status,
            offices, titles and reporting requirements), authority, duties or
            responsibilities as contemplated by Section 3(a), or any other
            action by the Company that results in a diminution in such position,
            authority, duties or responsibilities, excluding for this purpose an
            isolated, insubstantial and inadvertent action not taken in bad
            faith and that is remedied by the Company promptly after receipt of
            notice thereof given by the Executive;

<PAGE>

                  (B) any failure by the Company to comply with any of the
            provisions of Section 3(b), other than an isolated, insubstantial
            and inadvertent failure not occurring in bad faith and that is
            remedied by the Company promptly after receipt of notice thereof
            given by the Executive;

                  (C) the Company's requiring the Executive to be based at any
            office or location other than as provided in Section 3(a)(1)(B) or
            the Company's requiring the Executive to travel on Company business
            to a substantially greater extent than required immediately prior to
            the Effective Date;

                  (D) any purported termination by the Company of the
            Executive's employment otherwise than as expressly permitted by this
            Agreement;

                  (E) any failure by the Company to comply with and satisfy
            Section 10(c); or

                  (F) any failure of the Executive to be a member of the Board
            of Directors of the Company, or of any successor to the Company, or
            the ultimate parent of the Company or any such successor (as
            applicable), other than by reason of your voluntary resignation,
            Cause, death or Disability.

            For purposes of this Section 4(c), any good faith determination of
Good Reason made by the Executive shall be conclusive. Anything in this
Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, a termination by the Executive for
any reason during the 30-day period immediately following the first anniversary
of a Change of Control shall be deemed to be a termination for Good Reason for
all purposes of this Agreement.

            (d) NOTICE OF TERMINATION. Any termination by the Company for Cause,
or by the Executive for Good Reason, shall be communicated by Notice of
Termination to the other party hereto given in accordance with Section 11(b).
"NOTICE OF TERMINATION" means a written notice that (1) indicates the specific
termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, (2) to the extent
applicable, sets forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed
to provide a basis for termination of the Executive's employment under the
provision so indicated, and (3) if the Date of Termination (as defined herein)
is other than the date of receipt of such notice, specifies the Date of
Termination (which Date of Termination shall be not more than 30 days after the
giving of such notice). The failure by the Executive or the Company to set forth
in the Notice of Termination any fact or circumstance that contributes to a
showing of Good Reason or Cause shall not waive any right of the Executive or
the Company, respectively, hereunder or preclude the Executive or the Company,
respectively, from asserting such fact or circumstance in enforcing the
Executive's or the Company's respective rights hereunder.

            (e) DATE OF TERMINATION. "DATE OF TERMINATION" means (1) if the
Executive's employment is terminated by the Company for Cause, or by the
Executive for Good Reason, the date of receipt of the Notice of Termination or
any later date specified in the Notice of Termination, as the case may be, (2)
if the Executive's employment is terminated by the Company other than for Cause
or Disability, the Date of Termination shall be the date on which the Company
notifies the Executive of such termination, and (3) if the Executive's
employment is terminated by reason of death or Disability, the Date of
Termination shall be the date of death of the Executive or the Disability
Effective Date, as the case may be.

<PAGE>

            SECTION 5. OBLIGATIONS OF THE COMPANY UPON TERMINATION. (a) GOOD
REASON; OTHER THAN FOR CAUSE, DEATH OR DISABILITY. If, during the Change of
Control Period, the Company terminates the Executive's employment other than for
Cause or Disability or the Executive terminates employment for Good Reason:

                  (A) the Company shall pay to the Executive, in a lump sum in
            cash within 30 days after the Date of Termination, the aggregate of
            the following amounts:

                  the sum of (i) the Executive's Annual Base Salary through the
            Date of Termination to the extent not theretofore paid, (ii) the
            product of (x) the higher of (I) the Recent Annual Bonus and (II)
            the Annual Bonus paid or payable, including any bonus or portion
            thereof that has been earned but deferred (and annualized for any
            fiscal year consisting of less than 12 full months or during which
            the Executive was employed for less than 12 full months), for the
            most recently completed fiscal year during the Change of Control
            Period, if any (such higher amount, the "HIGHEST ANNUAL BONUS") and
            (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days in the
            current fiscal year through the Date of Termination and the
            denominator of which is 365, and (iii) any compensation previously
            deferred by the Executive (together with any accrued interest or
            earnings thereon) and any accrued vacation pay, in each case, to the
            extent not theretofore paid (the sum of the amounts described in
            subclauses (i), (ii) and (iii), the "ACCRUED OBLIGATIONS"); and

                  the amount equal to the product of (i) three and (ii) the sum
            of (x) the Executive's Annual Base Salary and (y) the Highest Annual
            Bonus; and

                  in lieu of the receipt of shares of common stock of the
            Company ("COMMON STOCK") issuable upon the exercise of outstanding
            options (other than stock options qualifying as incentive stock
            options ("ISOs") under Section 422A of the Internal Revenue Code of
            1986, as amended (the "CODE") which ISOs were granted on or prior to
            April 29, 1996) ("OPTIONS"), stock appreciation rights ("SARs") and
            performance units ("UNITS"), if any (the Options, SARs and Units
            shall be referred to herein collectively as the "AWARDS"), granted
            to the Executive under the Company's 1996 Stock Incentive Plan or
            any successor or substitute plans thereto, or otherwise not under
            any such plan, an amount equal to the product of (i) the excess of
            (x) in the case of an ISO granted after April 29, 1996, the closing
            price of Common Stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange on
            the Date of Termination or the last full trading day immediately
            prior to the Date of Termination (or, if not listed on such
            exchange, on a nationally recognized exchange or quotation system on
            which trading value in the Common Stock is highest) (the "CLOSING
            PRICE") and, in the case of all other Awards, the higher of the
            Closing Price and the highest per share price for Common Stock
            actually paid in connection with any Change of Control, over (y) the
            per share exercise price (if any) of each Award, and (2) the number
            of shares of Common Stock covered by each such Award, whether or not
            such Award is exercisable on the Date of Termination; and

                  (B) for three years after the Executive's Date of Termination,
            or such longer period as may be provided by the terms of the
            appropriate plan, program, practice or policy, the Company shall
            continue benefits to the Executive and/or

<PAGE>

            the Executive's family at least equal to those that would have been
            provided to them in accordance with the plans, programs, practices
            and policies described in Section 3(b)(4) if the Executive's
            employment had not been terminated or, if more favorable to the
            Executive, as in effect generally at any time thereafter with
            respect to other peer executives of the Company and the affiliated
            companies and their families, provided, however, that, if the
            Executive becomes reemployed with another employer and is eligible
            to receive medical or other welfare benefits under another employer
            provided plan, the medical and other welfare benefits described
            herein shall be secondary to those provided under such other plan
            during such applicable period of eligibility. If the Executive has
            attained age 50 on the Date of Termination and if, with five
            additional years of age and service beyond the Executive's age and
            years of service as of the Date of Termination, the Executive would
            have been entitled to receive any other benefits under the Company's
            post-retirement programs as in effect immediately prior to the
            Effective Date, then the Executive shall be entitled to such
            benefits as if the Executive had attained those five additional
            years of age and been employed by the Company for those five
            additional years of service, as of the Date of Termination, and such
            benefits shall commence immediately and be determined and provided
            under the terms of such plans as in effect immediately prior to the
            Effective Date, without regard to any amendments subsequent to the
            Effective Date that adversely affect the rights of participants
            thereunder; and

                  (C) if the Executive has attained age 50 but has not attained
            age 55 on the Date of Termination, then for purposes of determining
            benefits under Section 3.2(c) of the Company's Supplementary
            Retirement Plan or any successor plan, as in effect immediately
            prior to the Effective Date (the "SUPPLEMENTAL PLAN"), the Executive
            shall be deemed to be entitled to the benefits under Section 3.2(c)
            of the Supplemental Plan if, during the five-year period following
            the Effective Date, the Company terminates the Executive's
            employment other than for Cause or the Executive terminates his
            employment for Good Reason (it being expressly agreed that,
            notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the
            rights under this Section 5(a)(3) shall survive for the five-year
            period following the Effective Date); and

                  (D) Notwithstanding any provision in any equity or
            equity-based grant agreement or any other agreement or plan covering
            the Executive, all of the non-competition restrictions imposed on
            the Executive under such equity or equity-based grant agreement
            shall cease to apply for all purposes of such equity or equity-based
            grant agreement, including but not limited to all options, stock
            appreciation rights, and performance units granted to the Executive
            at any time;

                  (E) the Company shall, at its sole expense as incurred, and
            subject to a maximum limit equal to three (3) times the Executive's
            monthly compensation, provide the Executive with outplacement
            services the scope and provider of which shall be selected by the
            Executive in the Executive's sole discretion; and

                  (F) to the extent not theretofore paid or provided, the
            Company shall timely pay or provide to the Executive any other
            amounts or benefits required to be paid or provided or that the
            Executive is eligible to receive under any plan, program, policy or
            practice or contract or agreement of the Company and the affiliated
            companies (such other amounts and benefits, the "OTHER BENEFITS").

<PAGE>

            (b) DEATH. If the Executive's employment is terminated by reason of
the Executive's death during the Change of Control Period, this Agreement shall
terminate without further obligations to the Executive's legal representatives
under this Agreement, other than for payment of Accrued Obligations and the
timely payment or provision of the Other Benefits. The Accrued Obligations shall
be paid to the Executive's estate or beneficiary, as applicable, in a lump sum
in cash within 30 days of the Date of Termination. With respect to the provision
of the Other Benefits, the term "Other Benefits" as utilized in this Section
5(b) shall include, without limitation, and the Executive's estate and/or
beneficiaries shall be entitled to receive, benefits at least equal to the most
favorable benefits provided by the Company and the affiliated companies to the
estates and beneficiaries of peer executives of the Company and the affiliated
companies under such plans, programs, practices and policies relating to death
benefits, if any, as in effect with respect to other peer executives and their
beneficiaries at any time during the 120-day period immediately preceding the
Effective Date or, if more favorable to the Executive's estate and/or the
Executive's beneficiaries, as in effect on the date of the Executive's death
with respect to other peer executives of the Company and the affiliated
companies and their beneficiaries.

            (c) DISABILITY. If the Executive's employment is terminated by
reason of the Executive's Disability during the Change of Control Period, this
Agreement shall terminate without further obligations to the Executive, other
than for payment of Accrued Obligations and the timely payment or provision of
the Other Benefits. The Accrued Obligations shall be paid to the Executive in a
lump sum in cash within 30 days of the Date of Termination. With respect to the
provision of the Other Benefits, the term "Other Benefits" as utilized in this
Section 5(c) shall include, and the Executive shall be entitled after the
Disability Effective Date to receive, disability and other benefits at least
equal to the most favorable of those generally provided by the Company and the
affiliated companies to disabled executives and/or their families in accordance
with such plans, programs, practices and policies relating to disability, if
any, as in effect generally with respect to other peer executives and their
families at any time during the 120-day period immediately preceding the
Effective Date or, if more favorable to the Executive and/or the Executive's
family, as in effect at any time thereafter generally with respect to other peer
executives of the Company and the affiliated companies and their families.

            (d) CAUSE; OTHER THAN FOR GOOD REASON. If the Executive's employment
is terminated for Cause during the Change of Control Period, this Agreement
shall terminate without further obligations to the Executive other than the
obligation to pay to the Executive (1) the Executive's Annual Base Salary
through the Date of Termination, (2) the amount of any compensation previously
deferred by the Executive, and (3) the Other Benefits, in each case, to the
extent theretofore unpaid. If the Executive voluntarily terminates employment
during the Change of Control Period, excluding a termination for Good Reason,
this Agreement shall terminate without further obligations to the Executive,
other than for the Accrued Obligations and the timely payment or provision of
the Other Benefits. In such case, all the Accrued Obligations shall be paid to
the Executive in a lump sum in cash within 30 days of the Date of Termination.

            (e) OBLIGATIONS OF THE COMPANY AND THE EXECUTIVE UPON A POTENTIAL
CHANGE OF CONTROL. If, prior to the Change of Control Period, a Potential Change
of Control occurs, the Executive hereby agrees to remain in the employ of the
Company, on the same basis and terms and conditions as the Executive is employed
by the Company immediately prior to the Potential Change of Control, for the
12-month period following such Potential Change of Control. If the Executive's
employment is terminated by the Company other than for Cause, death or
Disability, or the Executive terminates his employment for Good Reason, during
the 12-month period following the occurrence of a Potential Change of Control,
without regard to whether a Change of Control has actually occurred or is likely
to occur, the Executive's

<PAGE>

employment shall be deemed to have been terminated by the Company in
anticipation of a Change of Control, and the Executive shall be entitled to
receive the payments and benefits provided in Section 5(a) hereof.

            SECTION 6. NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS. Nothing in this Agreement
shall prevent or limit the Executive's continuing or future participation in any
plan, program, policy or practice provided by the Company or the affiliated
companies and for which the Executive may qualify, nor, subject to Section
11(f), shall anything herein limit or otherwise affect such rights as the
Executive may have under any contract or agreement with the Company or the
affiliated companies. Amounts that are vested benefits or that the Executive is
otherwise entitled to receive under any plan, policy, practice or program of or
any contract or agreement with the Company or the affiliated companies at or
subsequent to the Date of Termination shall be payable in accordance with such
plan, policy, practice or program or contract or agreement, except as explicitly
modified by this Agreement.

            SECTION 7. FULL SETTLEMENT. The Company's obligation to make the
payments provided for in this Agreement and otherwise to perform its obligations
hereunder shall not be affected by any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment,
defense, or other claim, right or action that the Company may have against the
Executive or others. In no event shall the Executive be obligated to seek other
employment or take any other action by way of mitigation of the amounts payable
to the Executive under any of the provisions of this Agreement, and such amounts
shall not be reduced whether or not the Executive obtains other employment. The
Company agrees to pay as incurred, to the full extent permitted by law, all
legal fees and expenses that the Executive may reasonably incur as a result of
any contest (regardless of the outcome thereof) by the Company, the Executive or
others of the validity or enforceability of, or liability under, any provision
of this Agreement or any guarantee of performance thereof (including as a result
of any contest by the Executive about the amount of any payment pursuant to this
Agreement), plus, in each case, interest on any delayed payment at the
applicable federal rate provided for in Section 7872(f)(2)(A) of the Code.

            SECTION 8. CERTAIN ADDITIONAL PAYMENTS BY THE COMPANY.

            (a) Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding and
except as set forth below, in the event it shall be determined that any payment
or distribution by the Company or the affiliated companies to or for the benefit
of the Executive (whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable
pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise but determined without
regard to any additional payments required under this Section 8) (the "PAYMENT")
would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, or any
interest or penalties are incurred by the Executive with respect to such excise
tax (such excise tax, together with any such interest and penalties,
collectively, the "EXCISE TAX"), then the Executive shall be entitled to receive
an additional payment (the "GROSS-UP PAYMENT") in an amount such that after
payment by the Executive of all taxes (including any interest or penalties
imposed with respect to such taxes), including, without limitation, any income
taxes (and any interest and penalties imposed with respect thereto) and Excise
Tax imposed upon the Gross-Up Payment, the Executive retains an amount of the
Gross-Up Payment equal to the Excise Tax imposed upon the Payments.
Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 8(a), if it shall be
determined that the Executive is entitled to the Gross-Up Payment, but that the
Payments do not exceed 110% of the greatest amount that could be paid to the
Executive such that the receipt of the Payments would not give rise to any
Excise Tax (the "REDUCED AMOUNT"), then no Gross-Up Payment shall be made to the
Executive and the Payments, in the aggregate, shall be reduced to the Reduced
Amount.

<PAGE>

            (b) Subject to the provisions of Section 8(c), all determinations
required to be made under this Section 8, including whether and when a Gross-Up
Payment is required and the amount of such Gross-Up Payment and the assumptions
to be utilized in arriving at such determination, shall be made by Deloitte &
Touche LLP or such other certified public accounting firm as may be designated
by the Executive (the "ACCOUNTING FIRM") that shall provide detailed supporting
calculations both to the Company and the Executive within 15 business days of
the receipt of notice from the Executive that there has been a Payment or such
earlier time as is requested by the Company. In the event that the Accounting
Firm is serving as accountant or auditor for the individual, entity or group
effecting the Change of Control, is not able to make the determinations required
hereunder for any reason, or the Company determines that the Accounting Firm is
precluded from performing such services under applicable independence standards
or otherwise, the Executive shall appoint another nationally recognized
accounting firm to make the determinations required hereunder (which accounting
firm shall then be referred to as the Accounting Firm hereunder). All fees and
expenses of the Accounting Firm shall be borne solely by the Company. Any
Gross-Up Payment, as determined pursuant to this Section 8, shall be paid by the
Company to the Executive within five days of the receipt of the Accounting
Firm's determination. Any determination by the Accounting Firm shall be binding
upon the Company and the Executive. As a result of the uncertainty in the
application of Section 4999 of the Code at the time of the initial determination
by the Accounting Firm hereunder or as a result of a permitted or required
redetermination of the Excise Tax, it is possible that Gross-Up Payments that
will not have been made by the Company should have been made (the
"UNDERPAYMENT") or that Gross-Up Payments that were initially made by the
Company exceeded the amount necessary to reimburse the Executive as contemplated
in the first sentence of Section 8(a) or were not due pursuant to the
application of the last sentence of Section 8(a) ("OVERPAYMENT"). In the event
the Company exhausts its remedies pursuant to Section 8(c) and the Executive
thereafter is required to make a payment of any Excise Tax, the Accounting Firm
shall determine the amount of the Underpayment that has occurred and any such
Underpayment shall be promptly paid by the Company to or for the benefit of the
Executive. The Accounting Firm shall determine the amount of any Overpayment
that has been made and whether any permitted redetermination of the Excise Tax
would result in an Overpayment and such Overpayment shall be promptly paid to
the Company by the Executive to the extent he is entitled to a refund on account
of such Overpayment (together with interest at the rate provided in Section
1274(b)(2) of the Code from the date of such entitlement). It is the intent of
this provision that the Gross-Up Payment reflect the Excise Tax liability, if
any, actually incurred by the Executive in the opinion of the Accounting Firm.

            (c) The Executive shall notify the Company in writing of any claim
by the Internal Revenue Service that, if successful, would require the payment
by the Company of the Gross-Up Payment. Such notification shall be given as soon
as practicable but no later than 10 business days after the Executive is
informed in writing of such claim and shall apprise the Company of the nature of
such claim and the date on which such claim is requested to be paid. The
Executive shall not pay such claim prior to the expiration of the 30-day period
following the date on which the Executive gives such notice to the Company (or
such shorter period ending on the date that any payment of taxes with respect to
such claim is due). If the Company notifies the Executive in writing prior to
the expiration of such period that the Company desires to contest such claim,
the Executive shall:

                  (A) give the Company any information reasonably requested by
            the Company relating to such claim,

<PAGE>

                  (B) take such action in connection with contesting such claim
            as the Company shall reasonably request in writing from time to
            time, including, without limitation, accepting legal representation
            with respect to such claim by an attorney reasonably selected by the
            Company,

                  (C) cooperate with the Company in good faith in order
            effectively to contest such claim, and

                  (D) permit the Company to participate in any proceedings
            relating to such claim;

provided, however, that the Company shall bear and pay directly all costs and
expenses (including additional interest and penalties) incurred in connection
with such contest, and shall indemnify and hold the Executive harmless, on an
after-tax basis, for any Excise Tax or income tax (including interest and
penalties with respect thereto) imposed as a result of such representation and
payment of costs and expenses. Without limitation on the foregoing provisions of
this Section 8(c), the Company shall control all proceedings taken in connection
with such contest, and, at its sole option, may pursue or forgo any and all
administrative appeals, proceedings, hearings and conferences with the
applicable taxing authority in respect of such claim and may, at its sole
option, either direct the Executive to pay the tax claimed and sue for a refund
or contest the claim in any permissible manner, and the Executive agrees to
prosecute such contest to a determination before any administrative tribunal, in
a court of initial jurisdiction and in one or more appellate courts, as the
Company shall determine; provided, however, that, if the Company directs the
Executive to pay such claim and sue for a refund, the Company shall advance the
amount of such payment to the Executive, on an interest-free basis, and shall
indemnify and hold the Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis, from any
Excise Tax or income tax (including interest or penalties with respect thereto)
imposed with respect to such advance or with respect to any imputed income with
respect to such advance; and provided, further, that any extension of the
statute of limitations relating to payment of taxes for the taxable year of the
Executive with respect to which such contested amount is claimed to be due is
limited solely to such contested amount. Furthermore, the Company's control of
the contest shall be limited to issues with respect to which the Gross-Up
Payment would be payable hereunder, and the Executive shall be entitled to
settle or contest, as the case may be, any other issue raised by the Internal
Revenue Service or any other taxing authority.

            (d) If, after the receipt by the Executive of an amount advanced by
the Company pursuant to Section 8(c), the Executive becomes entitled to receive
any refund with respect to such claim, the Executive shall (subject to the
Company's complying with the requirements of Section 8(c)) promptly pay to the
Company the amount of such refund (together with any interest paid or credited
thereon after taxes applicable thereto). If, after the receipt by the Executive
of an amount advanced by the Company pursuant to Section 8(c), a determination
is made that the Executive shall not be entitled to any refund with respect to
such claim and the Company does not notify the Executive in writing of its
intent to contest such denial of refund prior to the expiration of 30 days after
such determination, then such advance shall be forgiven and shall not be
required to be repaid and the amount of such advance shall offset, to the extent
thereof, the amount of Gross-Up Payment required to be paid.

            SECTION 9. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION. The Executive shall hold in a
fiduciary capacity for the benefit of the Company all secret or confidential
information, knowledge or data relating to the Company or the affiliated
companies, and their respective businesses, which information, knowledge or data
shall have been obtained by the Executive

<PAGE>

during the Executive's employment by the Company or the affiliated companies and
which information, knowledge or data shall not be or become public knowledge
(other than by acts by the Executive or representatives of the Executive in
violation of this Agreement). After termination of the Executive's employment
with the Company, the Executive shall not, without the prior written consent of
the Company or as may otherwise be required by law or legal process, communicate
or divulge any such information, knowledge or data to anyone other than the
Company and those persons designated by the Company. In no event shall an
asserted violation of the provisions of this Section 9 constitute a basis for
deferring or withholding any amounts otherwise payable to the Executive under
this Agreement.

            SECTION 10. SUCCESSORS. (a) This Agreement is personal to the
Executive, and, without the prior written consent of the Company, shall not be
assignable by the Executive other than by will or the laws of descent and
distribution. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by
the Executive's legal representatives.

            (b) This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon
the Company and its successors and assigns.

            (c) The Company will require any successor (whether direct or
indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or
substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company to assume
expressly and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same
extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession
had taken place. "COMPANY" means the Company as hereinbefore defined and any
successor to its business and/or assets as aforesaid that assumes and agrees to
perform this Agreement by operation of law or otherwise.

            SECTION 11. MISCELLANEOUS. (a) This Agreement shall be governed by
and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without
reference to principles of conflict of laws. The captions of this Agreement are
not part of the provisions hereof and shall have no force or effect. This
Agreement may not be amended or modified other than by a written agreement
executed by the parties hereto or their respective successors and legal
representatives.

            (b) All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in
writing and shall be given by hand delivery to the other party or by registered
or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as
follows:

            if to the Executive:
            to the address then on file with the Company's payroll department

            if to the Company:
            Payless ShoeSource, Inc.
            3231 SE Sixth Avenue
            Topeka, Kansas  66607
            Attention:  General Counsel

or to such other address as either party shall have furnished to the other in
writing in accordance herewith. Notice and communications shall be effective
when actually received by the addressee.

            (c) The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this
Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision
of this Agreement.

<PAGE>

            (d) The Company may withhold from any amounts payable under this
Agreement such United States federal, state or local or foreign taxes as shall
be required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.

            (e) The Executive's or the Company's failure to insist upon strict
compliance with any provision of this Agreement or the failure to assert any
right the Executive or the Company may have hereunder, including, without
limitation, the right of the Executive to terminate employment for Good Reason
pursuant to Sections 4(c)(1) through 4(c)(5), shall not be deemed to be a waiver
of such provision or right or any other provision or right of this Agreement.

            (f) If the Company determines that the Executive is a "key employee"
within the meaning of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code and that, as a
result of such status, any portion of the payments under this Agreement (without
regard to any other plan of deferred compensation) would be subject to
additional or accelerated taxation, the Company will delay paying such portion
of the payment until the earliest permissible date on which payments may
commence without triggering such additional taxation (with such delay not to
exceed six months), with the first such payment to include the amounts that
would have been paid earlier but for the above delay plus simple interest on any
unpaid amounts equal to 6-month LIBOR on the date of termination of employment
plus 450 basis points.

            (g) From and after the Effective Date or the date that a Potential
Change of Control occurs, and except as expressly set forth herein, this
Agreement shall supersede any other agreement between the parties with respect
to the subject matter hereof, including the Employment Agreement, dated as of
[DATE] (the "EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT"); provided, however, in no event shall this
Agreement supersede or replace the Indemnification Agreement between the
Executive and the Company, dated as of [DATE] as from time to time amended prior
to the Effective Date; and provided further that, to the extent not inconsistent
with any provision hereof, the following provisions of the Employment Agreement
shall remain in effect during the Change of Control Period: Sections 6(b)(7)
(relating to an additional two (2) years of age and service credit under the
Supplementary Retirement Plan but such credit shall not applicable for the
purpose of satisfying any "age 50" requirements under this Agreement), Section 7
(relating to proprietary information), Section 8 (relating to certain covenants)
and Section 12(d) (relating to certain remedies that the Company and the
Executive shall have).

            IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Executive has hereunto set the Executive's
hand and, pursuant to the authorization from the Board, the Company has caused
these presents to be executed in its name on its behalf, all as of the day and
year first above written.

                                    ____________________________________________
                                        Name of Executive: Mathew E. Rubel

                                    PAYLESS SHOESOURCE, INC.

                                    By: ________________________________________
                                    Name:
                                    Title:
<PAGE>

                                                                       Exhibit 4

                            INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

            AGREEMENT, dated as of the_______ day of ____________, 2005, between
Payless ShoeSource, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company") and Matthew E.
Rubel (the "Indemnitee").

            WHEREAS, it is essential to the Company to retain and attract as
directors and officers the most capable persons available; and

            WHEREAS, Indemnitee is a director or officer of the Company; and

            WHEREAS, both the Company and Indemnitee recognize the increased
risk of litigation and other claims being asserted against directors and
officers of public companies in today's environment; and

            WHEREAS, basic protection against undue risk of personal liability
of directors and officers heretofore has been provided through insurance
coverage providing reasonable protection at reasonable cost, and Indemnitee has
relied on the availability of such coverage; but as a result of substantial
changes in the marketplace for such insurance it generally has become more
difficult to obtain such insurance on terms providing reasonable protection at
reasonable cost; and

            WHEREAS, the Delaware legislature, in recognition of the need to
secure the continued service of competent and experienced people in senior
corporate positions and to assure that they will be able to exercise judgment
without fear of personal liability so long as they fulfill the basic duties of
honesty, care and good faith, has so enacted Section 145 of The Delaware General
Corporation Law (the "DGCL"), which empowers the Company to indemnify its
officers, directors, employees and agents and expressly provides that the
indemnification provided by the statute is not exclusive; and

            WHEREAS, the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company requires
the Company to indemnify and advance expenses to its directors and officers to
the fullest extent now or hereafter authorized or permitted by law and
authorizes the Company to enter into agreements providing for such
indemnification and advancement of expenses; and

            WHEREAS, in recognition of the fact that the Indemnitee continues to
serve as a director or officer of the Company, in part in reliance on the
aforesaid By-laws, and of the fact of Indemnitee's need for substantial
protection against personal liability in order to enhance Indemnitee's continued
service to the Company in an effective manner, and in part to provide Indemnitee
with specific contractual assurance that the protection promised by such
Certificate of Incorporation will be available to Indemnitee (regardless of,
among other things, any amendment to or revocation of such Certificate of
Incorporation or any change in the composition of the Company's Board of
Directors or any acquisition transaction relating to the Company), and due to

<PAGE>

the possibility that the Company's directors' and officers' liability insurance
coverage could at some future time become inadequate, the Company wishes to
provide in this Agreement for the indemnification of, and the advancing of
expenses to, Indemnitee to the fullest extent (whether partial or complete) now
or hereafter authorized or permitted by law and as set forth in this Agreement,
and, to the extent insurance is maintained, for the continued coverage of
Indemnitee under the Company's directors' and officers' liability insurance
policies,

            NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of Indemnitee
continuing to serve the Company directly or, at its request, with another
enterprise, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree
as follows:

            1. CERTAIN DEFINITIONS:

            (1) "Approved Law Firm" shall mean any law firm (i) located in New
York or Delaware, (ii) having 50 or more attorneys and (iii) rated "av" by
Martindale-Hubbell Law Directory; provided, however, that such law firm shall
not, for a five- year period prior to the Indemnifiable Event, have been engaged
by the Company, an Acquiring Person or the Indemnitee.

            (2) "Applicable Standard of Conduct" shall mean the standard
established by Section 145(a)-(b) of the DGCL.

            (3) "Board of Directors" shall mean the Board of Directors of the
Company.

            (4) "Change of Control" shall be deemed to have occurred upon:

                  (A) The acquisition by any individual, entity or group (within
            the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities
            Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act")) (a "Person")
            of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3
            promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 20% or more of either (A) the
            then-outstanding shares of common stock of the Company (the
            "Outstanding Company Common Stock") or (B) the combined voting power
            of the then-outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to
            vote generally in the election of directors (the "Outstanding
            Company Voting Securities"); provided, however, that, for purposes
            of this Section 1(d), none of the following shall constitute a
            Change of Control: (i) any acquisition directly from the Company of
            30% or less of Outstanding Company Common Stock or Outstanding
            Company Voting Securities provided that at least a majority of the
            members of the board of directors of the Company following such
            acquisition were members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the
            Board's approval of such acquisition, (ii) any acquisition by the
            Company, (iii) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or
            related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any
            affiliated company, or (iv) any acquisition by any corporation
            pursuant to a transaction that complies with Sections 1(d)(3)(A),
            1(d)(3)(B) and 1(d)(3)(C) or (v) any acquisition by the Company
            which, by reducing the number of shares of Outstanding Company

                                       2
<PAGE>

            Common Stock or Outstanding Company Voting Securities, increases the
            proportionate number of shares of Outstanding Company Common Stock
            or Outstanding Company Voting Securities beneficially owned by any
            Person to 20% or more of the Outstanding Company Common Stock or
            Outstanding Company Voting Securities; provided, however, that, if
            such Person shall thereafter become the beneficial owner of any
            additional shares of Outstanding Company Common Stock or Outstanding
            Company Voting Securities and beneficially owns 20% or more of
            either the Outstanding Company Common Sock or the Outstanding
            Company Voting Securities, then such additional acquisition shall
            constitute a Change of Control; or

                  (B) The cessation, for any reason, of individuals who, as of
            the date hereof, constitute the Board (the "Incumbent Board") to
            constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided, however, that
            any individual becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof
            whose election, or nomination for election by the Company's
            stockholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the
            directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered as
            though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board, but
            excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial
            assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened
            election contest with respect to the election or removal of
            directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or
            consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board; or

                  (C) The consummation of a reorganization, merger,
            consolidation or sale or other disposition of all or substantially
            all of the assets of the Company (a "Business Combination"), in each
            case, unless, immediately following such Business Combination, more
            than 50%, respectively, of the then-outstanding shares of common
            stock and the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting
            securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors,
            as the case may be, of (x) the corporation resulting from such
            Business Combination, or, (y) a corporation that, as a result of
            such transaction, owns the Company or all or substantially all of
            the Company's assets either directly or through one or more
            subsidiaries, is represented by the Outstanding Company Common Stock
            and the Outstanding Company Voting Securities (or, if applicable, is
            represented by shares into which Outstanding Company Common Stock or
            Outstanding Company Voting Securities were converted pursuant to
            such Business Combination) in substantially the same proportions as
            their ownership immediately prior to such Business Combination of
            the Outstanding Company Common Stock and the Outstanding Company
            Voting Securities, as the case may be, (ii) no Person (excluding any
            corporation resulting from such Business Combination or any employee
            benefit plan (or related trust) of the Company or such corporation
            resulting from such Business Combination) beneficially owns,
            directly or indirectly, 20% or more of, respectively, the
            then-outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation resulting
            from such Business Combination or the combined voting power of the

                                       3
<PAGE>

            then-outstanding voting securities of such corporation, except to
            the extent that such ownership existed prior to the Business
            Combination, and (iii) at least a majority of the members of the
            board of directors of the corporation resulting from such Business
            Combination were members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the
            execution of the initial agreement or of the action of the Board
            providing for such Business Combination; or

                  (D) The approval by the stockholders of the Company of a
            complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

            (5) "Claim" shall mean any threatened, pending or completed
action, suit or proceeding, or any inquiry or investigation, whether conducted
by the Company or any other party, that Indemnitee in good faith believes might
lead to the institution of any such action, suit or proceeding, whether civil,
criminal, administrative, investigative or other.

            (6) "Expenses" shall include attorneys' fees and all other costs,
expenses and obligations paid or incurred in connection with investigating,
defending, being a witness in or participating in (including on appeal), or
preparing to defend, be a witness in or participate in, any Claim relating to
any Indemnifiable Event, together with interest, computed at the Company's
average cost of funds for short-term borrowings, accrued from the date of
payment of such expense to the date Indemnitee receives reimbursement therefor.

            (7) "Indemnifiable Event" shall mean any event or occurrence
related to the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director, officer, employee,
agent or fiduciary of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the
Company as a director, officer, employee, trustee, agent or fiduciary of another
corporation of any type or kind, domestic or foreign, partnership, joint
venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, or by reason of
anything done or not done by Indemnitee in any such capacity. Without limitation
of any indemnification provided hereunder, an Indemnitee serving (i) another
corporation, partnership, joint venture or trust of which 20 percent or more of
the voting power or residual economic interest is held, directly or indirectly,
by the Company, or (ii) any employee benefit plan of the Company or any entity
referred to in clause (i), in any capacity shall be deemed to be doing so at the
request of the Company.

            (8) "Reviewing Party" shall be (i) the Board of Directors acting
by majority vote of directors who are not parties to the particular Claim with
respect to which Indemnitee is seeking indemnification, even through less than a
quorum, or (ii) by a committee of such directors designated by a majority vote
of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (iii) if there are no such
directors, or if such directors so direct, (A) by independent legal counsel in a
written opinion that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because the
indemnification is not precluded by circumstances described in the last sentence
of Section 2 of this Agreement and the Applicable Standard of Conduct set forth
in Section 145 of the DGCL has been met by the Indemnitee or (B) the
shareholders upon a finding that the Indemnitee has met the Applicable Standard
of Conduct referred to in clause (iii)(A) of this definition.

                                       4
<PAGE>

            (9) "Voting Securities" shall mean any securities of the Company
which vote generally in the election of directors.

            2. BASIC INDEMNIFICATION ARRANGEMENT. If Indemnitee was, is or
becomes at any time a party to, or witness or other participant in, or is
threatened to be made a party to, or witness or other participant in, a Claim by
reason of (or arising in part out of) an Indemnifiable Event, the Company shall
indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent now or hereafter authorized or
permitted by law as soon as practicable but in any event no later than 30 days
after written demand is presented to the Company, against any and all Expenses,
judgments, fines (including excise taxes assessed against an Indemnitee with
respect to an employee benefit plan), penalties and amounts paid in settlement
(including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in
connection with, or in respect of, such Expenses, judgments, fines, penalties or
amounts paid in settlement) of such Claim. If so requested by Indemnitee, the
Company shall advance (within two business days of such request) any and all
Expenses to Indemnitee (an "Expense Advance"). Notwithstanding anything in this
Agreement to the contrary, (i) Indemnitee shall not be entitled to
indemnification pursuant to this Agreement in any action in which the
Indemnitee's conduct has been finally adjudged to have been knowingly
fraudulent, deliberately dishonest or willful misconduct; (ii) in any derivative
action in which Indemnitee has been finally adjudged to be liable to the
Company, unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court
in which the proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that,
despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of
the case, the Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such
expenses as the court shall deem proper, and (iii) prior to a Change in Control
Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Agreement
in connection with any Claim initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or any
director or officer of the Company unless the Company has joined in or consented
to the initiation of such Claim.

            3. PAYMENT. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2, the
obligations of the Company under Section 2 (which shall in no event be deemed to
preclude any right to indemnification to which Indemnitee may be entitled under
Section 145(c) of the DGCL) shall be subject to the condition that the Reviewing
Party shall have authorized such indemnification in the specific case by having
determined that the indemnification is not precluded by circumstances described
in the last sentence of Section 2 of this Agreement and Indemnitee is permitted
to be indemnified under the Applicable Standard of Conduct set forth in Section
145(a)-(b) of the DGCL. The Company shall promptly call a meeting of the Board
of Directors with respect to a Claim and agrees to use its best efforts to
facilitate a prompt determination by the Reviewing Party with respect to the
Claim. Indemnitee shall be afforded the opportunity to make submissions to the
Reviewing Party with respect to the Claim. The obligation of the Company to make
an Expense Advance pursuant to Section 2 shall be subject to the condition that,
if, when and to the extent that the Reviewing Party determines that Indemnitee
would not be permitted to be so indemnified under Section 2 and applicable law,
the Company shall be entitled to be reimbursed by Indemnitee (who hereby agrees
and undertakes to the full extent required by Section 145(e) of the DGCL to
reimburse the Company) for all such amounts theretofore paid; provided, however,

                                       5
<PAGE>

that if Indemnitee has commenced legal proceedings in a court of competent
jurisdiction to secure a determination that Indemnitee should be indemnified
under applicable law, any determination made by the Reviewing Party that
Indemnitee would not be permitted to be indemnified under applicable law shall
not be binding and Indemnitee shall not be required to reimburse the Company for
any Expense Advance until a final judicial determination is made with respect
thereto (as to which all rights of appeal therefrom have been exhausted or
lapsed). If there has been no determination by the Reviewing Party or if the
Reviewing Party determines that Indemnitee substantively would not be permitted
to be indemnified in whole or in part under applicable law, Indemnitee shall
have the right to commence litigation in any court in the State of Delaware
having subject matter jurisdiction thereof and in which venue is proper seeking
an initial determination by the court or challenging any such determination by
the Reviewing Party or any aspect thereof, and the Company hereby consents to
service of process and to appear in any such proceeding. Any determination by
the Reviewing Party otherwise shall be conclusive and binding on the Company and
Indemnitee.

            4. CHANGE IN CONTROL. If there is a Change in Control (other than a
Change in Control which has been approved by a majority of the Board of
Directors who were directors immediately prior to such Change in Control) then
(i) all determinations by the Company pursuant to the first sentence of Section
3 hereof and Section 145(d) of the DGCL shall be made by independent legal
counsel in a written opinion pursuant to Section 145(d) of the DGCL and (ii)
with respect to all matters thereafter arising concerning the rights of
Indemnitee to indemnity payments and Expense Advances under this Agreement or
any other agreement or By-law of the Company now or hereafter in effect relating
to Claims for Indemnifiable Events (including, but not limited to, any such
legal opinion provided under Section 145 (d) of the DGCL) the Company (including
the Board of Directors) shall seek legal advice from (and only from) special,
independent counsel selected by Indemnitee and approved by the Company (which
approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), and who has not otherwise
performed services for the Company (or any subsidiary of the Company) or an
Acquiring Person (or any affiliate or associate of such Acquiring Person) or
Indemnitee within the last five years (other than in connection with such
matters). Unless Indemnitee has theretofore selected counsel pursuant to this
Section 4 and such counsel has been approved by the Company, any Approved Law
Firm selected by Indemnitee shall be deemed to be approved by the Company. Such
counsel, among other things, shall render its written opinion to the Company,
the Board of Directors and Indemnitee as to whether and to what extent the
Indemnitee would be permitted to be indemnified under applicable law. The
Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees of the special, independent counsel
referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all
expenses (including attorneys' fees), claims, liabilities and damages arising
out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto. As used
in this Agreement, the terms "affiliate" and "associate" shall have the
respective meanings ascribed to such terms in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules
and Regulations under the Act and in effect on the date of this Agreement.

            5. INDEMNIFICATION FOR ADDITIONAL EXPENSES. The Company shall
indemnify Indemnitee against any and all expenses (including attorneys' fees)
and, if

                                       6
<PAGE>

requested by Indemnitee, shall (within two business days of such request)
advance such expenses to Indemnitee, which are reasonably incurred by Indemnitee
in connection with any claim asserted or action brought by Indemnitee for (i)
indemnification or advance payment of Expenses by the Company under this
Agreement or any other agreement or By-law of the Company now or hereafter in
effect relating to Claims for Indemnifiable Events and/or (ii) recovery under
any directors' and officers' liability insurance policies maintained by the
Company, regardless of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be
entitled to such indemnification, advance expense payment or insurance recovery,
as the case may be.

            6. PARTIAL INDEMNITY, ETC. If Indemnitee is entitled under any
provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for a portion of
the Expenses, judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement of a
Claim but not, however, for all of the total amount thereof, the Company shall
nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee for the portion thereof to which Indemnitee is
entitled. Moreover, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to
the extent that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in
defense of any or all Claims relating in whole or in part to an Indemnifiable
Event or in defense of any issue or matter therein, including dismissal without
prejudice, Indemnitee shall be indemnified, to the extent permitted by law,
against all Expenses incurred in connection with such Indemnifiable Event.

            7. BURDEN OF PROOF. In connection with any determination by the
Reviewing Party or otherwise as to whether Indemnitee is entitled to be
indemnified hereunder the burden of proof shall be on the Company to establish
that Indemnitee is not so entitled.

            8. NO PRESUMPTION. For purposes of this Agreement, the termination
of any claim, action, suit or proceeding, whether civil or criminal, by
judgment, order, settlement (whether with or without court approval) or
conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere, or its equivalent, shall not
create a presumption that Indemnitee did not meet any particular standard of
conduct or have any particular belief or that a court has determined that
indemnification is not permitted by applicable law.

            9. NONEXCLUSIVITY, ETC. The rights of the Indemnitee hereunder shall
be in addition to any other rights Indemnitee may have under the Certificate of
Incorporation of the Company, the DGCL, or otherwise. To the extent that a
change in the DGCL (whether by statute or judicial decision) permits greater
indemnification by agreement than would be afforded currently under the
Certificate of Incorporation of the Company and this Agreement, it is the intent
of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater
benefits so afforded by such change.

            10. LIABILITY INSURANCE. To the extent the Company maintains an
insurance policy or policies providing directors' and officers' liability
insurance, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies, in accordance
with its or their terms, to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any
director or officer of the Company.

                                       7
<PAGE>

            11. PERIOD OF LIMITATIONS. No legal action shall be brought and no
cause of action shall be asserted by or on behalf of the Company or any
affiliate of the Company against Indemnitee, Indemnitee's spouse, heirs,
executors or personal or legal representatives after the expiration of two years
from the date of accrual of such cause of action, and any claim or cause of
action of the Company or any affiliate shall be extinguished and deemed released
unless asserted by the timely filing of a legal action within such two-year
period; provided, however, that if any shorter period of limitations is
otherwise applicable to any such cause of action, such shorter period shall
govern.

            12. AMENDMENTS, ETC. No supplement, modification or amendment of
this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the
parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be
effective unless in writing and no written waiver shall be deemed or shall
constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor
shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

            13. SUBROGATION. In the event of payment under the Agreement, the
Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights
of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and shall do
everything that may be necessary to secure such rights, including the execution
of such documents necessary to enable the Company effectively to bring suit to
enforce such rights.

            14. NO DUPLICATION OF PAYMENTS. The Company shall not be liable
under this Agreement to make any payment in connection with any Claim made
against Indemnitee to the extent Indemnitee has otherwise actually received
payment (under any insurance policy, By-law or otherwise) of the amounts
otherwise indemnifiable hereunder.

            15. SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE. The parties recognize that if any
provision of this Agreement is violated by the Company, Indemnitee may be
without an adequate remedy at law. Accordingly, in the event of any such
violation, the Indemnitee shall be entitled, if Indemnitee so elects, to
institute proceedings, either in law or at equity, to obtain damages, to enforce
specific performance, to enjoin such violation, or to obtain any relief or any
combination of the foregoing as Indemnitee may elect to pursue.

            16. BINDING EFFECT, ETC. This Agreement shall be binding upon, inure
to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, the parties hereto and their
respective successors (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase,
merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business
and/or assets of the Company), assigns, spouses, heirs, and personal and legal
representatives. This Agreement shall continue in effect regardless of whether
Indemnitee continues to serve as an officer or director of the Company or of any
other enterprise at the Company's request.

                                       8
<PAGE>

            17. SEVERABILITY. The provisions of this Agreement shall be
severable if any of the provisions hereof (including any provision within a
single section, paragraph or sentence) are held by a court of competent
jurisdiction to be invalid, void or otherwise unenforceable, and the remaining
provisions shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

            18. GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be governed by, and be
construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware
applicable to contracts made and to be performed in such state without giving
effect to the principles of conflicts of laws.

            19. EFFECTIVE TIME. This Agreement shall become effective as of the
date first above written. The contractual rights of Indemnitee with respect to
Indemnifiable Events occurring before the Effective Time are governed by the
Indemnification Agreement between Indemnitee and Payless ShoeSource, Inc., a
Missouri corporation or Payless ShoeSource, Inc., a Delaware corporation, if
any, (the "Prior Agreements") and Indemnitee shall have no rights under this
Agreement with respect to such Indemnifiable Events. The contractual rights of
Indemnitee with respect to Indemnifiable Events occurring after the Effective
Time are governed by this Agreement, and Indemnitee shall have no rights against
Payless ShoeSource, Inc., a Missouri corporation or Payless ShoeSource, Inc., a
Delaware corporation, under any Prior Agreements with respect to such
Indemnifiable Events.

            IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and Indemnitee have executed this
Agreement as of the date first above written.

                                  _________________________________________
                                  Matthew E. Rubel

                                  PAYLESS SHOESOURCE, INC.

                                  By: _____________________________________
                                  Name: Jay A. Lentz
                                  Title: Senior Vice President - Human Resources

                                       9

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00086-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00086-of-00352.parquet"}]]